Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Diagnostics & Research / Agilent

Agilent

a · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker a
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Diagnostics & Research
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Agilent
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Premier Laboratory Partner  
for a Better World

2014 ANNUAL REPORT
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A

2014 ANNUAL REPORT
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
This page is intentionally left blank.To our Shareholders, 

On November 1, 2014, Agilent successfully completed its separation into two stand-alone, publicly traded companies 
through a tax-free spinoff of its electronic measurement business. 

The new company, Keysight Technologies, is now a global market leader in communications, computer, 
semiconductors, aerospace and defense, and industrial markets. As a separate company, Keysight generated revenues 
of $2.9 billion in fiscal year 2014. Agilent shareholders received all outstanding shares of Keysight’s common stock 
in a special dividend distribution.  

Agilent Technologies continues as a global leader focused on life sciences, diagnostics and applied chemical markets. 
As a separate company, Agilent generated revenues of $4.0 billion in fiscal year 2014. 

Mike McMullen, Agilent president and chief operating officer, becomes the company’s new CEO in March 2015. 
William (Bill) Sullivan, who has served as Agilent CEO since 2005, remains as an advisor until his retirement at the 
end of fiscal 2015. 

Agilent now serves a $44 billion combined market that includes chemical, energy, pharmaceutical, food safety, 
environmental, forensics, life sciences research, clinical and diagnostics end markets. We work with customers in 
more than 100 countries, providing instruments, software, services and consumables for their entire laboratory 
workflow. 

We are well positioned to help address some of the greatest challenges currently facing the world. With the rise of 
cancer and infectious pathogens, there is an urgency to improve the way we diagnose and treat diseases. As emerging 
economies develop and raise their standards of living, communities want to improve the quality and safety of their 
water, air and food. And as the world’s population expands, we face a fixed and declining amount of fossil fuels, raw 
materials and resources. Countries need to develop new sources of energy and materials. 

Agilent’s mission is to be the premier partner for our laboratory customers as we work together to build a healthier 
world. 

Growth through leadership in the analytical lab 

Eighty-seven percent of Agilent’s business serves analytical laboratories. These include pharmaceutical and life 
sciences research, as well as applied chemical markets such as chemical and energy, food safety, environmental and 
forensics. We offer our customers a strong and comprehensive portfolio of instruments, software, consumables and 
services. 

We will sustain share growth in the analytical lab by continuing to bring innovative new offerings to the marketplace, 
and by expanding our lab-wide services and consumables with a significantly differentiated customer experience. 

In the past year, we launched a series of new products in our core gas chromatograph/mass spectrometer (GC/MS) 
and liquid chromatograph/mass spectrometer (LC/MS) platforms. These solutions are differentiated by higher 
performance and lower cost of ownership, making them ideally suited for applications in analytical labs. These 
platforms are supplemented at the high end with our ultra-high-performance triple-quadrupole (QQQ) and quadrupole 
time-of-flight (Q-TOF) mass spec solutions for both GC and LC. 

We also introduced new inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometer (ICP-MS) and microwave plasma-atomic 
emission spectrometer (MP-AES) systems, with more streamlined operational features and user-friendly interfaces. 
These enable a wider range of applications as well as improved accessibility to a broader range of lab personnel. 

And we strengthened our industry-leading atomic spectroscopy portfolio with the launch of the Agilent 5100 
Inductively-Coupled Plasma-Optical Emission Spectrometer (ICP-OES), which sets a new industry standard. Among 
its many innovations, the product can run analyses 55 percent faster using 50 percent less gas per sample than 
competitive systems. In addition, design changes have led to a 20-percentage-point gross margin improvement over 
the previous product. 

1

Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agilent’s Cary 700 Universal Spectrophotometer was named a 2014 R&D 100 Award winner, recognizing it as one 
of the 100 most technologically significant products introduced in the marketplace over the past year. This marks the 
third consecutive year Agilent spectrophotometers have been recognized as R&D 100 Award winners. 

We are also addressing the increasing need for improved operational efficiency across the analytical laboratory, and 
differentiated data analysis capabilities to support our customer’s applications needs. Our OpenLAB informatics 
software is based on open architecture. This enables us to optimize our customers’ laboratories, whether they bought 
their equipment from Agilent or someone else. Our open architecture also allows for easy development of application 
software. 

And we are expanding our lab-wide capabilities in consumables and services to optimize our customers’ laboratory 
operations. We are pursuing an industry-unique strategy with our CrossLab consumables and chemistries, providing 
the highest-quality and performance consumables to customers who may also own competitors’ equipment. We are 
expanding our enterprise-wide services capabilities to include asset management capabilities and lab productivity 
solutions. We service and support not only Agilent’s equipment but our competitors’ equipment as well. 

Growth by leveraging analytical strength into diagnostics 

Agilent has an opportunity to leverage our leading position in analytical laboratories to further penetrate the 
connected genomics, clinical research and diagnostics laboratories. We view the fast-growing diagnostics market as a 
complementary business, and we have already made a strong entry into this space with our acquisition of Dako. As 
we continue to grow our core presence in the analytical lab, we can leverage that strong position to expand in 
diagnostics. 

In the past year we introduced ClearSeq AML, the first in a line of next-generation sequencing panels developed for 
cancer research. Our new family of SureSelect focused exome products provides the most comprehensive and high-
performance NGS solutions for post-natal research on high-throughput and benchtop sequencers. 

We also introduced the IQ FISH (fluorescent in situ hybridization) workflow for bone marrow and custom FISH 
service through our SureDesign custom target-enrichment offering. Both FISH products provide high-quality results 
with significantly shorter turnaround times. A 16-hour turnaround time with standard FISH technologies can be 
reduced to 2.5 hours with IQ FISH. 

And we have signed new companion diagnostics agreements with Merck & Co. and Amgen for development 
products that include treatments for lung, breast and gastric cancer. Our development and commercialization 
agreement with Merck & Co. is for a companion diagnostics device that combines Dako’s immunohistochemistry 
solutions with Merck’s anti PD-L1 cancer drug. 

Long-term shareholder value 

With the completion of the separation of the company, we have created two companies with greater strategic and 
management focus, with each company well positioned for growth and long-term shareholder value in their 
respective markets. 

As part of the separation, Agilent retired an additional $500 million of debt. This helps us to maintain our debt at a 
level consistent with our current investment-grade rating. 

We remain committed to creating shareholder value by expanding our operating margins and return on invested 
capital, consistent with our long-term operating model. We will focus on aggressively growing our adjusted operating 
margins with our portfolio and order-fulfillment transformation programs. We will leverage SG&A and R&D 
investments, and reduce cost dis-synergies resulting from the separation of Keysight. 

We will also deploy capital for long-term shareholder value, with an expected return of $500 million to shareholders 
in fiscal year 2015. This includes a combination of cash dividends – approximately $135 million – and opportunistic 
share buybacks. 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We look forward to Agilent’s historic first year as a new company focused on serving customers in life sciences, 
diagnostics and applied chemical markets. We are confident that the CEO transition will be smooth and seamless to 
the organization, customers and investors. 

Bill Sullivan 
Agilent Chief Executive Officer 

Mike McMullen 
Agilent President, Chief Operating Officer and CEO-Elect 

February 6, 2015 

3

Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agilent at a Glance 

Agilent  is  the  world's  premier  measurement  company  providing  core  bio-analytical  and  electronic 
measurement  solutions  to  the  life  sciences,  diagnostics  and  genomics,  chemical  analysis,  communications  and 
electronics industries. 

On  September  19,  2013,  Agilent  announced  plans  to  separate  into  two  publicly  traded  companies,  one 
comprising of the life sciences, diagnostics and chemical analysis businesses that will retain the Agilent name, and 
the  other  one  that  will  be  comprised  of  the  electronic  measurement  business  that  will  be  renamed  Keysight 
Technologies, Inc. (“Keysight”). Keysight was incorporated in Delaware as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Agilent on 
December 6, 2013. On November 1, 2014, we completed the distribution of 100% of the outstanding common shares 
of  Keysight  to  Agilent  stockholders  who  received  one  share  of  Keysight  common  stock  for  every  two  shares  of 
Agilent held as of the close of business on the record date, October 22, 2014.  

Our  life  sciences  and  diagnostics  business  focuses  on  the  pharmaceutical,  academic  and  government,  bio-
agriculture, food safety, clinical markets, biotechnology and contract research organization industries. Our chemical 
analysis business focuses on the petrochemical, environmental, forensics and food safety industries.  Our electronic 
measurement business addresses the communications, electronics and other industries.  

The  electronic  measurement  business  conducts  centralized  order  fulfillment  and  supply  organizations  and 
operations  through  the  order  fulfillment  and  infrastructure  organization  ("OFI").  OFI  provide  resources  for 
manufacturing,  engineering  and  strategic  sourcing  to  the  electronic  measurement  business.  The  electronic 
measurement  business,  together  with  OFI,  is  supported  by  our  global  infrastructure  organization,  which  provides 
shared services in the areas of finance, information technology, legal, workplace services and human resources. 

In  addition  we  conduct  centralized  order  fulfillment  and  supply  chain  operations  for  our  life  sciences  and 
diagnostics and chemicals analysis businesses through the order fulfillment and supply chain organization (“OFS”). 
OFS provides resources for manufacturing, engineering and strategic sourcing to our respective businesses. Each of 
our  businesses,  together  with  OFS,  is  supported  by  our  global  infrastructure  organization,  which  provides  shared 
services in the areas of finance, information technology, legal, workplace services and human resources. 

In November 2014, we announced a change in organizational structure designed to better serve our customers. 
Our life sciences business, excluding the nucleic acid solutions division, together with the chemical analysis business 
will merge to form a new segment called life sciences and applied markets business. Our diagnostics and genomics 
businesses will combine and will include the nucleic acid solutions division of our life sciences business to become 
the  diagnostics  and  genomics  segment.  Finally,  the  crosslab  segment  will  be  formed  from  the  services  and 
consumables businesses.  

In addition to our three businesses, we created the order fulfillment and supply chain organization (“OFS”) to 
centralize all order fulfillment and supply chain operations in our life sciences and diagnostics and chemical analysis 
businesses.  Similarly we created the order fulfillment and infrastructure (“OFI”) organization to centralize all order 
fulfillment and supply organizations and operations within our electronic measurement business.  Lastly, the Agilent 
Technologies Research Laboratories (“Agilent Labs”) create competitive advantage through high-impact technology, 
driving  market  leadership  and  growth  in Agilent's  core  businesses  and  expanding Agilent's  measurement  footprint 
into  adjacent  markets.      Each  of  our  three  businesses,  OFS,  OFI  and  Agilent  Labs,  is  supported  by  our  global 
infrastructure  organization,  which  provides  shared  services  in  the  areas  of  finance,  information  technology,  legal, 
workplace services and human resources. 

We sell our products primarily through direct sales, but we also utilize distributors, resellers, manufacturer's 
representatives, telesales and electronic commerce. Of our total net revenue of $7.0 billion for the fiscal year ended 
October 31, 2014, we generated 30 percent in the U.S. and 70 percent outside the U.S. As of October 31, 2014, we 
employed approximately 21,400 people worldwide. Our primary research and development and manufacturing sites 
are in California, Colorado and Delaware in the U.S. and in Australia, China, Denmark, Germany, India, Italy, Japan, 
Malaysia, Poland, Singapore and the United Kingdom. 

4

 
Business Group 
Life Sciences  
and Diagnostics 

2014 Net Revenue  Description 
$2.4 billion  Summary:  Our life sciences and diagnostics business provides products that include 
reagents, instruments, software, consumables, and services that enable customers to 
identify, quantify and analyze the physical and biological properties of substances 
and products, as well as enable customers in the clinical and life sciences research 
areas to interrogate samples at the molecular level.   We employed approximately 
5,800 people as of October 31, 2014 in our life sciences and diagnostics business. 

Chemical 
Analysis 

Markets: The markets for our life sciences and diagnostics group include the 
pharmaceutical, biotechnology, contract research and contract manufacturing 
organization market, the life science research market and the diagnostics and clinical 
market. The former market consists of “for-profit” companies who participate across 
the pharmaceutical value chain in the areas of therapeutic research, discovery & 
development, clinical trials, manufacturing and quality assurance and quality control. 
The life sciences research market consists primarily of “not-for-profit” organizations 
and includes academic institutions, large government institutes and privately funded 
organizations, and plays an influential role in technology adoption and therapeutic 
developments for pharmaceutical and molecular diagnostics companies.  The clinical 
market consists primarily of pathology labs throughout the world located in 
hospitals, medical centers, and reference labs.  The clinical market for genomics 
consists of high complexity clinical labs performing patient testing, including “for-
profit” reference laboratories, hospital labs, and molecular diagnostic companies. 

Product areas: The key product categories for the life sciences and diagnostics 
business include:  liquid chromatography, mass spectrometry, software and 
informatics, lab automation and robotics, automated electrophoresis and 
microfluidics, NMR and XRD systems, life sciences consumables and services, 
pathology products, specific proteins and flow reagents, target enrichment, 
cytogenetic research solutions and  microarrays, and PCR and qPCR instrumentation 
and molecular biology reagents.  

$1.7 billion  Summary: Our chemical analysis business provides application-focused solutions 
that include instruments, software, consumables and services that enable customers 
to identify, quantify and analyze the physical and biological properties of substances 
and products. We employed approximately 4,100 people as of October 31, 2014 in 
our chemical analysis business.  
Markets: The markets for our chemical analysis group include chemical and energy 
testing, environmental and forensics, and food safety markets. The natural gas and 
petroleum refining markets use our products to measure and control the quality of 
their finished products and to verify the environmental safety of their operations.  
Our instruments, software and workflow solutions are used by the environmental 
market for applications such as laboratory and field analysis of chemical pollutants 
in air, water, soil and solid waste.   Drug testing and forensics laboratories use our 
instruments, software and workflow solutions for applications such as analyzing 
evidence associated with crime, screening athletes for performance enhancing drugs, 
analyzing samples for recreational drugs, or detecting and identifying biological and 
chemical warfare agents.   Our instruments, software, and workflow solutions are 
used throughout the food production chain, including incoming inspection, new 
product development, quality control and assurance, and packaging. 
Product areas: The key product categories for the chemical analysis business 
include:  gas chromatography systems, columns and components; gas 
chromatography mass spectrometry systems; inductively coupled plasma mass 
spectrometry  instruments; atomic absorption  instruments; microwave plasma-
atomic emission spectrometry instruments; inductively coupled plasma optical 
emission spectrometry instruments; software and data systems; vacuum pumps and 
measurement technologies; services support and consumable for our products. 

5

Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Group 
Electronic 
Measurement 

2014 Net Revenue  Description 
$2.9 billion  Summary: Our electronic measurement business provides electronic measurement 
instruments and systems, software design tools and related services that are used in 
the design, development, manufacture, installation, deployment and operation of 
electronics equipment, and microscopy products. Related services include start-up 
assistance, instrument productivity and application services and instrument 
calibration and repair. We also offer customization, consulting and optimization 
services throughout the customer’s product lifecycle. Our electronic measurement 
business employed approximately 8,300 people as of October 31, 2014. 

Markets: The markets for our electronic measurement business include 
communications test and general purpose test. We market our electronic 
measurement products and services to network equipment manufacturers, wireless 
device manufacturers, and communications service providers, including component 
manufacturers within the supply chain for these customers. We market our general 
purpose test products and services to the electronics industry and other industries 
with significant electronic content such as the aerospace and defense, computer and 
semiconductor industries.  

Product areas: We divide our electronic measurement products into communications 
test products and general purpose test products. We sell products and services 
applicable to a wide range of communications networks and systems including 
wireless communications and microwave networks, voice, broadband, data, and fiber 
optic networks.   
Test products include electronic design automation software, vector and signal 
analyzers, signal generators, vector and signal analyzers, signal generators, vector 
network analyzers, one box testers, oscilloscopes, logic and protocol analyzers, and 
bit-error ratio testers. Also, we sell the following types of products into the general 
purpose test market: general purpose instruments, modular instruments and test 
software, digital test products, semiconductor and board test solutions, electronics 
manufacturing test equipment, atomic force microscopes and network surveillance 
solutions. 

Agilent Technologies Research Laboratories is our research organization based in 
Santa Clara, California, with offices in Europe and Asia.  The Research Labs create 
competitive advantage through high-impact technology, driving market leadership 
and growth in Agilent’s core businesses and expanding Agilent’s measurement 
footprint into adjacent markets. At the cross-roads of the organization, the Research 
Labs are able to identify and enable synergies across Agilent’s businesses to create 
competitive differentiation and compelling customer value.   

We provide support to our businesses through our global infrastructure organization. 
This support includes services in the areas of finance, legal, workplace services, 
human resources and information technology. Generally these organizations are 
centrally operated from Santa Clara, California, with services provided worldwide.  
As of the end of October 2014, our global infrastructure organization employed 
approximately 3,200 people worldwide. 

Beginning in fiscal year 2014, we created the order fulfillment and supply chain 
organization (“OFS”) to centralize all order fulfillment and supply chain operations 
in our life sciences and diagnostics and chemicals analysis businesses.  Similarly we 
created the order fulfillment and infrastructure (“OFI”) organization to centralize all 
order fulfillment and supply organizations and operations within our electronic 
measurement business. Both OFS and OFI provide resources for manufacturing, 
engineering and strategic sourcing to our respective businesses. In general, OFS and 
OFI employees are dedicated to specific businesses and the associated costs are 
directly allocated to those businesses. 

6

Agilent Technologies 
Research Laboratories 

Global Infrastructure 
Organization 

Agilent Order Fulfillment 
Organizations 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board 
Committees

Audit & Finance 
Committee 
Heidi Fields, 
   Chairperson 
Paul N. Clark 
Robert J. Herbold 

Compensation Committee 
Koh Boon Hwee,  
     Chairperson  
George A. Scangos, Ph.D. 
A. Barry Rand 
Tadataka Yamada, M.D. 

Nominating/Corporate 
Governance Committee 
James G. Cullen 
   Chairperson 
Paul N. Clark 
Heidi Fields 
Robert J. Herbold 
Koh Boon Hwee 
George A. Scangos, Ph.D. 
A. Barry Rand 
Tadataka Yamada, M.D. 

Executive Committee 
James G. Cullen, 
   Chairperson 
William P. Sullivan 

Officers 

Directors

Guillermo Gualino 
Vice President, Treasurer 

Michael Tang 
Vice President, Assistant  
General Counsel and 
Assistant Secretary 

James G. Cullen 
Chairman of the Board of 
Directors of Agilent, 
Retired President and 
Chief Operating Officer of 
Bell Atlantic Corporation 
(now known as Verizon) 

Paul N. Clark 
Retired Chief Executive  
Officer and President of 
ICOS Corporation 

Heidi Fields 
Retired Executive Vice  
President and Chief Financial 
Officer of Blue Shield 
of California 

Robert J. Herbold 
Retired Executive Vice 
President of Microsoft 
Corporation 

Koh Boon Hwee 
Managing Partner of 
Credence Capital Fund II 
(Cayman) Ltd. 

A. Barry Rand 
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
of AARP 

George A. Scangos, Ph.D. 
Chief Executive Officer 
Biogen Idec Inc. 

William P. Sullivan, 
Chief Executive Officer of 
Agilent Technologies, Inc. 

Tadataka Yamada, M.D. 
Chief Medical and 
Scientific Officer of 
Takeda Pharmaceuticals 
International, Inc. 

Senior 
Executives 

William P. Sullivan* 
Chief Executive Officer 

Michael R. McMullen* 
President and  
Chief Operating Officer 

Henrik Ancher-Jensen* 
Senior Vice President, Agilent 
President, Order Fulfillment 

Richard A. Burdsall 
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Infrastructure Officer 

Mark Doak* 
Senior Vice President, Agilent 
President, Agilent CrossLab Group 

Solange Glaize* 
Vice President, Chief 
Accounting Officer 

Dominique Grau* 
Senior Vice President, 
Human Resources 

Didier Hirsch* 
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

Marie Oh Huber* 
Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and 
Secretary 

Patrick Kaltenbach* 
Senior Vice President, Agilent 
President, Life Sciences & Applied 
Markets 

Shiela B. Robertson 
Senior Vice President, 
Corporate Development 
and Strategy 

Darlene J.S. Solomon, Ph.D. 
Senior Vice President, 
Technology Officer and 
Research 

Fred Strohmeier 
Senior Vice President 

Jacob Thaysen* 
Senior Vice President, Agilent 
President, Diagnostics & Genomics 

* These individuals are executive officers of Agilent under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

7

Annual Report 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Agilent’s annual meeting of stockholders will take place on Wednesday, March 18, 2015 at 8:00 a.m. at Agilent’s 
headquarters located at 5301 Stevens Creek Boulevard, Building No. 5, Santa Clara, California. 
Investor Information 

     Please see the full and audited financial statements and footnotes contained in this booklet. To receive paper 
copies of the annual report, proxy statement, Form 10-K, earnings announcements and other financial information, 
people in the United States and Canada should call our toll-free number: (877) 942-4200. In addition, you can access 
this financial information at Agilent’s Investor Relations Web site. The address is http://www.investor.agilent.com. 
This information is also available by writing to the address provided under the Investor Contact heading below. 
Corporate Governance, Business Conduct and Ethics 

     Agilent’s Amended and Restated Corporate Governance Standards, the charters of our Audit and Finance 
Committee, our Compensation Committee, our Executive Committee and our Nominating/Corporate Governance 
Committee, as well as our Standards of Business Conduct (including code of ethics provisions that apply to our 
principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and senior financial officers) are 
available on our website at www.investor.agilent.com under “Corporate Governance”. These items are also available 
in print to any stockholder in the United States and Canada who requests them by calling (877) 942-4200. This 
information is also available by writing to the company at the address provided below. 
Agilent Headquarters 

     Agilent Technologies, Inc. 
     5301 Stevens Creek Boulevard 
     Santa Clara, CA 95051 
     Phone: (408) 345-8886 

Transfer Agent and Registrar 

     Please contact our transfer agent, at the phone number or address listed below, with any questions about stock 
certificates, transfer of ownership or other matters pertaining to your stock account. 

     Computershare Investor Services 
     250 Royall Street 
     Canton, MA 02021 
     United States 
If calling from the United States or Canada: (877) 309-9856. 
If calling from outside the United States and Canada: (312) 588-4672. 
The e-mail address for general shareholder inquiries for Computershare is: www.computershare.com/contactus. 
Investor Contact 

     Agilent Technologies, Inc. 
     Investor Relations Department 
     5301 Stevens Creek Boulevard 
     Santa Clara, CA 95051 

8

 
     You can also contact the Investor Relations Department via e-mail at the Agilent Investor Relations Web site at 
http://www.investor.agilent.com. Click “Information Request” under the “Investor Information” tab to send a 
message. 
Common Stock 

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange with the ticker symbol “A”. The following table 
sets forth the high and low sale prices and the dividend declarations per quarter for the 2013 and 2014 fiscal years as 
reported in the consolidated transaction reporting system for the New York Stock Exchange: 

Fiscal 2013 
First Quarter (ended January 31, 2013) 
Second Quarter (ended April 30, 2013) 
Third Quarter (ended July 31, 2013) 
Fourth Quarter (ended October 31, 2013) 

Fiscal 2014 
First Quarter (ended January 31, 2014) 
Second Quarter (ended April 30, 2014) 
Third Quarter (ended July 31, 2014) 
Fourth Quarter (ended October 31, 2014) 

High 
45.55 
45.66 
47.47 
53.47 

High 
61.22 
60.46 
59.58 
59.40 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

Low 
35.45 
40.19 
41.24 
45.32 

Low 
49.84 
51.96 
53.66 
49.80 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

Dividends 
$0.22 
N/A 
$0.12 
$0.12 

Dividends 
$0.132 
$0.132 
$0.132 
$0.132 

As of December 1, 2014, there were 28,341 common stockholders of record. 

During  fiscal  2014,  we  issued  four  quarterly  dividends  of  $0.132  per  share.  All  decisions  regarding  the 
declaration and payment of dividends are at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be evaluated regularly in 
light  of  our  financial  condition,  earnings,  growth  prospects,  funding  requirements,  applicable  law,  and  any  other 
factors  that  our  Board  deems  relevant.  The  information  required  by  this  item  with  respect  to  equity  compensation 
plans  is  included  under  the  caption Equity  Compensation  Plans in  our  proxy  statement  for  the  annual  meeting  of 
stockholders  to  be  held March  18,  2015,  to  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  pursuant  to 
Regulation 14A, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

On November 1, 2014, we completed the distribution of the issued and outstanding common stock of Keysight 
to our shareholders.  Agilent shareholders of records as of the close of business on October 22, 2014, the record date 
for  the  distribution,  received  one  share  of  Keysight  common  stock  for  every  two  shares  of Agilent  common  stock 
held as of the record date.  Agilent shareholders received cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Keysight common 
stock. 

9

Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE GRAPH 

     The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return, assuming the investment of $100 (and the 
reinvestment of any dividends thereafter) for the period beginning on October 31, 2009, and ending on October 31, 
2014, on each of: Agilent’s common stock; the S&P 500 Index; and our Peer Group which includes all companies in 
the S&P Information Technology Sector, the S&P Healthcare Sector, and the S&P Industrials Sector. A complete list 
of the companies in the Peer Group is provided below. Agilent’s stock price performance shown in the following 
graph is not indicative of future stock price performance. The data for this performance graph was compiled for us by 
Standard and Poor’s. 

Comparison of 5 Years (10/31/2009 to 10/31/2014) Cumulative Total Return 
Among Agilent Technologies, the S&P 500 Index, and the Peer Group Index 

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

Agilent Technologies

S&P 500

Peer Group

Peer Group
(Companies in the S&P Information Technology Sector, the S&P Healthcare Sector, and the S&P Industrials Sector)

3M Co
Abbott Laboratories
AbbVie Inc
Accenture PLC
Actavis PLC
Adobe Systems Inc
ADT Corp (The)
Aetna Inc.
Agilent Technologies Inc
Akamai Technologies Inc
Alexion Pharmaceuticals Inc
Allegion Plc
Allergan Inc.
Alliance Data Systems Corp
Altera Corp
AmerisourceBergen Corp
AMETEK Inc
Amgen Inc.
Amphenol Corp
Analog Devices Inc.

Anthem Inc
Apple Inc
Applied Materials Inc.
Autodesk Inc.
Automatic Data Processing Inc.
Avago Technologies Ltd
Bard (C.R.) Inc
Baxter International Inc
Becton, Dickinson and Co
Biogen Idec Inc
Boeing Co (The)
Boston Scientific Corp
Bristol-Myers Squibb Co
Broadcom Corp
C.H. Robinson Worldwide Inc.
CA Inc
Cardinal Health Inc
CareFusion Corp
Caterpillar Inc
Celgene Corp

10

 
 
 
Peer Group
(Companies in the S&P Information Technology Sector, the S&P Healthcare Sector, and the S&P Industrials Sector)

Cerner Corp
Cigna Corp
Cintas Corp
Cisco Systems Inc
Citrix Systems Inc.
Cognizant Technology Solutions Corp
Computer Sciences Corp
Corning Inc
Covidien Plc
CSX Corp
Cummins Inc.
Danaher Corp
DaVita HealthCare Partners Inc
Deere & Co
Delta Air Lines Inc.
DENTSPLY International Inc.
Dover Corp
Dun & Bradstreet Corp (The)
Eaton Corp Plc
eBay Inc.
Edwards Lifesciences Corp
Electronic Arts Inc.
Eli Lilly and Co
EMC Corp
Emerson Electric Co.
Equifax Inc.
Expeditors International of Washington Inc.
Express Scripts Holding Co
F5 Networks Inc
Facebook Inc
Fastenal Co
FedEx Corp.
Fidelity National Information Services Inc
First Solar Inc
Fiserv Inc.
FLIR Systems Inc
Flowserve Corp.
Fluor Corp
General Dynamics Corp
General Electric Co
Gilead Sciences Inc
Google Inc
Grainger (W W) Inc.
Harris Corp
Hewlett-Packard Co
Honeywell International Inc.
Hospira Inc
Humana Inc.
Illinois Tool Works Inc.
Ingersoll-Rand Plc
Intel Corp
International Business Machines Corp
Intuit Inc.

Intuitive Surgical Inc
Jabil Circuit Inc
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
Johnson & Johnson
Joy Global Inc
Juniper Networks Inc
Kansas City Southern
KLA-Tencor Corp
L-3 Communications Holdings Inc
Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings
Lam Research Corp
Linear Technology Corp
Lockheed Martin Corp
Mallinckrodt Plc
Masco Corp
MasterCard Inc
McKesson Corp
Medtronic Inc
Merck & Co Inc.
Microchip Technology Inc
Micron Technology Inc.
Microsoft Corp
Motorola Solutions Inc
Mylan Inc
NetApp Inc
Nielsen Holdings NV
Norfolk Southern Corp
Northrop Grumman Corp
NVIDIA Corp
Oracle Corp
PACCAR Inc
Pall Corp
Parker-Hannifin Corp
Patterson Companies Inc
Paychex Inc.
Pentair plc
PerkinElmer Inc.
Perrigo Co Plc
Pfizer Inc
Pitney Bowes Inc.
Precision Castparts Corp.
QUALCOMM Inc.
Quanta Services Inc.
Quest Diagnostics Inc
Raytheon Co.
Red Hat Inc
Regeneron Pharmaceuticals Inc
Republic Services Inc.
Robert Half International Inc.
Rockwell Automation Inc.
Rockwell Collins Inc.
Roper Industries Inc.
Ryder System Inc

11

Annual ReportPeer Group
(Companies in the S&P Information Technology Sector, the S&P Healthcare Sector, and the S&P Industrials Sector)

salesforce.com inc
SanDisk Corp
Seagate Technology Plc
Snap-On Inc
Southwest Airlines Co.
St. Jude Medical Inc.
Stanley Black & Decker Inc
Stericycle Inc
Stryker Corp
Symantec Corp
TE Connectivity Ltd
Tenet Healthcare Corp
Teradata Corp
Texas Instruments Inc
Textron Inc.
Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc
Total System Services Inc.
Tyco International Plc
Union Pacific Corp

United Parcel Service Inc
United Rentals Inc.
United Technologies Corp
Unitedhealth Group Inc
Universal Health Services Inc.
Varian Medical Systems Inc
Verisign Inc
Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc
Visa Inc
Waste Management Inc.
Waters Corp
Western Digital Corp
Western Union Co
Xerox Corp
Xilinx Inc.
Xylem Inc
Yahoo Inc
Zimmer Holdings Inc
Zoetis Inc

12

Additional Information 

This annual report, including the letter titled “To our shareholders,” contains forward-looking statements 
including, without limitation, statements regarding trends, seasonality,  and growth in, and drivers of, the markets we 
sell into, backlog, our strategic direction, our future effective tax rate and tax valuation allowance, earnings from our 
foreign subsidiaries, remediation activities, indemnification, new product and service introductions, the ability of our 
products to meet market needs, changes to our manufacturing processes, the use of contract manufacturers, sources 
and supply of materials used in our products, the impact of local government regulations on our ability to pay vendors 
or conduct operations, our liquidity position, our ability to generate cash from operations, growth in our businesses, 
our investments, the potential impact of adopting new accounting pronouncements, our financial results, our purchase 
commitments, our contributions to our pension plans, the selection of discount rates and recognition of any gains or 
losses for our benefit plans, our cost-control activities, timing, savings and headcount reduction recognized from our 
restructuring programs and other cost saving initiatives, uncertainties relating to Food and Drug Administration 
("FDA") and other regulatory approvals, the integration of our acquisitions and other transactions, the separation of 
the electronic measurement business, transaction expenses related to the separation, post-separation expenses, exiting 
our Nuclear Magnetic Resonance ("NMR") business, our new organizational structure, our stock repurchase program, 
our declared dividends, our transition to lower-cost regions, and the existence of economic instability, that involve 
risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from the results contemplated by these forward-
looking statements due to various factors, including those detailed in Agilent’s filings with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2014. 

The materials contained in this annual report are as of December 22, 2014, unless otherwise noted. The content 

of this annual report contains time-sensitive information that is accurate only as of this date. If any portion of this 
annual report is redistributed at a later date, Agilent will not be reviewing or updating the material in this report. The 
information on page 7   regarding our senior executives, officers and directors is current as of February 6, 2015. 

This annual report contains Agilent’s 2014 audited financial statements and notes thereto in the following 
section of this booklet with the tab “Annual Report Financials.” Within the Annual Report Financials, please refer to 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Risks, 
Uncertainties and Other Factors That May Affect Future Results” for more complete information on each of our 
businesses and Agilent as a whole. 

13

Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This page is intentionally left blank.2014 ANNUAL REPORT
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

S
L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A

 
 
This page is intentionally left blank.TABLE OF CONTENTS

Selected Financial Data  ................................................................................................................................... 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ............................ 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk .......................................................................... 
.............................................................................
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   
.......
Consolidated Statement of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2014 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the three years in the period ended October 31, 2014 
Consolidated Balance Sheet at October 31, 2014 and 2013 
..............................................................................
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2014 
......
Consolidated Statement of Equity for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2014 
..............
.....................................................................................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Quarterly Summary (unaudited) 
........................................................................................................................
Risks, Uncertainties and Other Factors That May Affect Future Results  ........................................................ 
Controls and Procedures ................................................................................................................................... 

....... 
....... 
....... 
....... 
....... 
....... 
....... 
....... 
....... 
....... 
....... 
....... 
....... 

      Page
1
2
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
84
85
7
9

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
This page is intentionally left blank.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 
(Unaudited) 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

(in millions, except per share data)

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data: 
Net revenue 
Income before taxes 
Net income 
Net income per share — Basic: 
Net income per share — Diluted: 
Weighted average shares used in computing basic net 
income per share 
Weighted average shares used in computing diluted net 
income per share 

$
$
$
$
$

6,981 $
646 $
504 $
1.51 $
1.49 $

6,782 $
859 $
724 $
2.12 $
2.10 $

333

338

341

345

Cash dividends declared per common share 

$

0.528 $

0.460

(2)    
6,858    $ 
1,043    $ 
1,153    $ 
3.31    $ 
3.27    $ 

348

353
0.300   

6,615 $
1,032 $
1,012 $
2.92 $
2.85 $

347

355

—

(1)
5,444
692
684
1.97
1.94

347

353

—

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

October 31, 

(in millions) 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: 
Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments 
Working capital 
Total assets 
Long-term debt 
Stockholders' equity 

$
$
$
$
$

3,028 $
3,798 $
10,831 $
2,762 $
5,298 $

2,675 $
3,381 $
10,686 $
2,699 $
5,286 $

(2)    
2,351    $ 
2,736    $ 
10,536    $ 
2,112    $ 
5,182    $ 

3,527 $
3,732 $
9,057 $
1,932 $
4,308 $

(1)
2,649
3,086
9,696
2,190
3,228

(1) Consolidated financial data includes Varian, acquired on May 14, 2010. 
(2) Consolidated financial data includes Dako, acquired on June 21, 2012 and a non-recurring tax benefit relating to the 
reversal of U.S. valuation allowance of $280 million. 
Note: The above consolidated financial data includes Keysight which separated from Agilent on November 1, 2014. Keysight 
will be presented as a discontinued operation in the first fiscal quarter of 2015. 

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION  
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes 
thereto included elsewhere in this annual report. This report contains forward-looking statements including, without 
limitation, statements regarding trends, seasonality,  and growth in, and drivers of, the markets we sell into, backlog, 
our  strategic  direction,  our  future  effective  tax  rate  and  tax  valuation  allowance,  earnings  from  our  foreign 
subsidiaries,  remediation  activities,  indemnification,  new  product  and  service  introductions,  the  ability  of  our 
products to meet market needs, changes to our manufacturing processes, the use of contract manufacturers, sources 
and supply of materials used in our products, the impact of local government regulations on our ability to pay vendors 
or conduct operations, our liquidity position, our ability to generate cash from operations, growth in our businesses, 
our investments, the potential impact of adopting new accounting pronouncements, our financial results, our purchase 
commitments, our contributions to our pension plans, the selection of discount rates and recognition of any gains or 
losses for our benefit plans, our cost-control activities, timing, savings and headcount reduction recognized from our 
restructuring  programs  and  other  cost  saving  initiatives,  uncertainties  relating  to  Food  and  Drug  Administration 
("FDA") and other regulatory approvals, the integration of our acquisitions and other transactions, the separation of 
the electronic measurement business, transaction expenses related to the separation, post-separation expenses, exiting 
our Nuclear Magnetic Resonance ("NMR") business, our new organizational structure, our stock repurchase program, 
our declared  dividends,  our  transition  to  lower-cost  regions,  and  the  existence  of  economic  instability,  that  involve 
risks  and  uncertainties.  Our  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  the  results  contemplated  by  these  forward-
looking statements due to various factors, including those discussed in this annual report. 

Overview and Executive Summary 

Agilent Technologies, Inc. (“we”, “Agilent” or the “company”), incorporated in Delaware in May 1999, is the 
world's premier measurement company providing core bio-analytical and electronic measurement solutions to the life 
sciences,  diagnostics  and  genomics,  chemical  analysis,  communications  and  electronics  industries.  Our  fiscal  year 
end is October 31. Unless otherwise stated, all years and dates refer to our fiscal year. 

On  September  19,  2013,  Agilent  announced  plans  to  separate  into  two  publicly  traded  companies,  one 
comprising of the life sciences, diagnostics and chemical analysis businesses that will retain the Agilent name, and 
the  other  one  that  will  be  comprised  of  the  electronic  measurement  business  that  will  be  renamed  Keysight 
Technologies, Inc. (“Keysight”). Keysight was incorporated in Delaware as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Agilent on 
December  6,  2013.  Agilent  transferred  substantially  all  of  the  assets,  liabilities  and  operations  of  the  electronic 
measurement  business  to  Keysight  as  of  August  1,  2014.  On  November  1,  2014,  we  completed  the  distribution  of 
100%  of  the  outstanding  common  shares of  Keysight  to  Agilent  stockholders  who  received  one  share  of  Keysight 
common stock for every two shares of Agilent held as of the close of business on the record date, October 22, 2014. 
We  incurred  pre-separation  expenses  of  approximately  $191  million  in  the  year  ended  October  31,  2014.  Pre-
separation  costs  included  all  incremental  expenses  incurred  by  Agilent  in  order  to  effect  the  separation  until  the 
distribution  date,  November  1,  2014.  They  also  included  the  cost  of  all  new  employees  recruited  in  fiscal  2014  to 
operate the two separate companies. For the year ended October 31, 2014, we incurred $89 million of non-operating 
expenses  related  to  the  redemption  of  Agilent's  debt  obligations  as  part  of  our  debt  repositioning  ahead  of  the 
distribution of Keysight. We also expect to incur some post-separation costs which include all incremental expenses 
incurred by Agilent in order to resize our global infrastructure organization in alignment with the relatively smaller 
footprint of  the  new  company.   This  will  include  expenses  related  to  separation of  IT  infrastructure  from  Keysight 
until second quarter of fiscal 2015, streamlining of our residual IT infrastructure and elimination of redundant ERP 
(Enterprise  Resource  Planning)  software.  We  also  expect  to  incur,  upon  separation,  transaction  expenses,  which, 
among  other  things,  relate  to  investment  banking  and  other  advisory  fees  as  well  as  tax  costs  related  to  the 
distribution.  Total  post-separation  costs  are  expected  to  be  approximately  $50  million.  The  historical  results  of 
operations and the financial position of Keysight are included in the consolidated financial statements of Agilent and 
will be reported as discontinued operations beginning in the first quarter of 2015. 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
In November 2014, we announced a change in organizational structure designed to better serve our customers. 
Our life sciences business, excluding the nucleic acid solutions division, together with the chemical analysis business 
will merge to form a new segment called life sciences and applied markets business.  Our diagnostics and genomics 
businesses will combine and will include the nucleic acid solutions division of our life sciences business to become 
the  diagnostics  and  genomics  segment.  Finally,  the  crosslab  segment  will  be  formed  from  the  services  and 
consumables  businesses.  Financial  reporting  under  this  new  structure  will  begin  in    the  first  quarter  of  2015  with 
historical financial segment information recast to conform to this new presentation in our financial statements. 

In the fourth quarter of 2014, Agilent announced that it is exiting its NMR business. Agilent stopped taking 
new NMR system orders, but the company will continue to meet customer commitments for orders in progress and 
for ongoing support contracts and continue to provide service on all installed NMR systems. The company expects 
that this decision will eliminate about 300 jobs, mostly within the next 12 months. For the year ended October 31, 
2014 charges of approximately $68 million were incurred in respect of the exit of this business. For additional details 
related to the exit of the NMR business see Note 14, "Restructuring and Exit of NMR Business". 

On  June 21,  2012,  we  completed  our  acquisition  of  Dako  A/S  through  the  acquisition  of  100%  of  the  share 
capital of Dako A/S, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Denmark (“Dako”), under the share 
purchase agreement, dated May 16, 2012. As a result of the acquisition, Dako became a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
Agilent. The consideration paid was approximately $2,143 million, of which $1,400 million was paid directly to the 
seller  and  $743  million  was  paid  to  satisfy  the  outstanding  debt  of  Dako.  Agilent  funded  the  acquisition  using 
existing cash. The acquisition has been accounted for in accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance and 
the  results  of  Dako  are  included  in  Agilent's  consolidated  financial  statements  from  the  date  of  acquisition.  For 
additional details related to the acquisition of Dako, see Note 3, "Acquisitions". 

Agilent's total orders in 2014 were $7,134 million, an increase of 4 percent when compared to 2013. Foreign 
currency movements had an unfavorable impact of approximately 1 percentage point for the year ended October 31, 
2014 when compared to 2013. Within our life sciences and diagnostics business orders increased 5 percent in 2014 
compared  to  2013.  Chemical  analysis  orders  increased  6  percent  in  2014  when  compared  to  2013  and  electronic 
measurement  businesses  orders  increased  3  percent  when  compared  to  2013.  Agilent's  total  orders  in  2013  were 
$6,827  million,  a  decrease  of  1  percent  when  compared  to  2012.  Foreign  currency  movements  had  an  unfavorable 
impact  of  approximately  2  percentage  points  for  the  year  ended  October  31,  2013  when  compared  to  2012.  The 
increase  in  orders  associated  with  the  Dako  acquisition  accounted  for  approximately  3  percentage  points  of  order 
growth for the year ended 2013 when compared to 2012. 

Agilent's net revenue of $6,981 million in 2014 increased 3 percent when compared to 2013. Foreign currency 
movements for 2014 had an unfavorable impact of approximately 1 percentage point compared to 2013. Within our 
life sciences and diagnostics business revenue increased 3 percent in 2014 compared to 2013. There was growth in 
demand for life sciences and diagnostics products and services led by pharmaceutical and biotechnology and clinical 
markets. There was a decrease in demand from the life science research for the year ended October 31, 2014, when 
compared to the prior year. Within our chemical analysis business revenue grew 5 percent in 2014 compared with the 
prior  year.  There  was  a  strong  increase  in  revenue  from  the  food  safety  and  forensics  with  environmental  and 
petrochemical  markets  also  showing  increases  at  a  more  modest  level  when  compared  to  the  prior  year.  Within 
electronic  measurement,  total  revenue  increased  when  compared  to  the  prior  year  by  2  percent.  General  purpose 
markets increased with computer and semi-conductor markets improving, but aerospace and defense was down when 
compared  to  2013.  Also  within  electronic  measurement,  the  communications  test  business  increased  for  the  year 
ended October 31, 2014 when compared to the prior year with wireless manufacturing growing strongly and R&D 
showing a moderate shortfall compared to the prior year.  Agilent's net revenue of $6,782 million decreased 1 percent 
in 2013 when compared to 2012. Foreign currency movements for 2013 had an unfavorable impact of approximately 
1 percentage  point  compared  to  2012.  Revenue  associated  with  the  Dako  acquisition  accounted  for  approximately 
4 percentage points of the revenue growth for the year ended October 31, 2013 when compared to 2012. 

Net income was $504 million in 2014 compared to net income of $724 million and $1,153 million in 2013 and 
2012, respectively. In 2014, 2013 and 2012 we generated operating cash flows of $711 million, $1,152 million and 
$1,228 million, respectively. As of October 31, 2014 and 2013 we had cash and cash equivalents balances of $3,028 
million  and  $2,675 million,  respectively.  Operating  cash  flows  in  2014  were  impacted  by  pre-separation  costs  and 
separation related taxes, the redemption of senior notes including payments relating to accrued interest and the timing 
of the purchase of shares under the employee stock purchase plan. 

3

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 cash dividends of $176 million, $156 million and $104 
million were paid on the company's outstanding common stock, respectively.  On November 20, 2014, we declared a 
quarterly dividend of $0.10 per share of common stock, or approximately $34 million which will be paid on January 
28, 2015 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on January 6, 2015. The timing and amounts of any 
future dividends are subject to determination and approval by our board of directors. 

On July 14, 2014, we settled the redemption of all $500 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of our 
5.5%  senior  notes  ("2015  senior  notes")  due  September  14,  2015  that  had  been  called  for  redemption  on  June  12, 
2014. The redemption price of approximately $528 million included a $28 million prepayment penalty, $1 million of 
amortization  of  debt  issuance  costs  and  discount,  offset  by  the  amortization  of  a  deferred  gain  on  the  terminated 
interest rate swap related to those senior notes of approximately $8 million. We also paid accrued and unpaid interest 
of $9 million on the 2015 senior notes up to but not including the redemption date. 

On  October  20,  2014,  we  settled  the  redemption  of  $500  million  of  the  $600  million  outstanding  aggregate 
principal  amount  of  our  6.5%  senior  notes  ("2017  senior  notes")  due  November  1,  2017  that  had  been  called  for 
redemption on September 19, 2014. 

The redemption price of approximately $580 million included an $80 million prepayment penalty, $2 million 
of amortization of debt issuance costs and discount, offset by the amortization of a deferred gain on the terminated 
interest  rate  swap  related  to  those  senior  notes  of  approximately  $14  million.  We  also  paid  accrued  and  unpaid 
interest of $15 million on the 2017 senior notes up to but not including the redemption date. 

On October 6, 2014 Keysight announced that it had agreed to sell $500 million of 3.30% senior notes due 2019 
("2019 senior notes") and $600 million of 4.55% senior notes due 2024 ("2024 senior notes"). The transaction closed 
on  October  15,  2014.  Each  series  of  notes  initially  were  guaranteed  on  an  unsecured,  unsubordinated  basis  by 
Agilent. The guarantees terminated upon the completion of the separation of Keysight from Agilent on November 1, 
2014. 

On  November  22,  2013  we  announced  that  our  board  of  directors  had  authorized  a  new  share  repurchase 
program.  The  new  program  is  designed  to  reduce  or  eliminate  dilution  resulting  from  issuance  of  stock  under  the 
company's  employee  equity  incentive  programs  to  target  maintaining  a  weighted  average  share  count  of 
approximately 335 million diluted shares. For the year ended October 31, 2014, we repurchased 4 million shares for 
$200 million. 

Looking  forward,  we  expect  positive  trends  to  continue  in  our  life  sciences  and  diagnostics  and  chemical 
analysis  businesses  as  we  continue  to  invest  in  research  and  development  and  to  improve  our  applications  and 
solutions portfolio through the introduction of new products. We will continue to bring innovative new offerings to 
the  marketplace,  and  expand  our  laboratory-wide  services  and  consumables  to  drive  growth  in  genomics,  clinical 
research and diagnostic markets. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the 
U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated 
financial statements and accompanying notes. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various 
other assumptions believed to be reasonable. Although these estimates are based on management's best knowledge of 
current  events  and  actions  that  may  impact  the  company  in  the  future,  actual  results  may  be  different  from  the 
estimates.  An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on 
assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that 
reasonably  could  have  been  used  or  changes  in  the  accounting  estimate  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  occur  could 
materially  change  the  financial  statements.  Our  critical  accounting  policies  are  those  that  affect  our  financial 
statements  materially  and  involve  difficult,  subjective  or  complex  judgments  by  management.  Those  policies  are 
revenue  recognition, 
inventory  valuation,  share-based  compensation,  retirement  and  post-retirement  plan 
assumptions, valuation of goodwill and purchased intangible assets, restructuring and accounting for income taxes. 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue recognition.    We enter into agreements to sell products (hardware or software), services, and other 
arrangements  (multiple  element  arrangements)  that  include  combinations  of  products  and  services.  Revenue  from 
product  sales,  net  of  trade  discounts  and  allowances,  is  recognized  provided  that  persuasive  evidence  of  an 
arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. 
Delivery  is  considered  to  have  occurred  when  title  and  risk  of  loss  have  transferred  to  the  customer.  Revenue  is 
reduced  for  estimated  product  returns,  when  appropriate.  For  sales  that  include  customer-specified  acceptance 
criteria, revenue is recognized after the acceptance criteria have been met. For products that include installation, if the 
installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate element, product revenue is recognized upon delivery, and 
recognition of installation revenue occurs when the installation is complete. Otherwise, neither the product nor the 
installation revenue is recognized until the installation is complete. Revenue from services is deferred and recognized 
over the contractual period or as services are rendered and accepted by the customer. We allocate revenue to each 
element in our multiple-element arrangements based upon their relative selling prices. We determine the selling price 
for  each  deliverable  based  on  a  selling  price  hierarchy.  The  selling  price  for  a  deliverable  is  based  on  our  vendor 
specific objective evidence (VSOE) if available, third-party evidence (TPE) if VSOE is not available, or estimated 
selling price (ESP) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Revenue from the sale of software products that are not 
required to deliver the tangible product's essential functionality are accounted for under software revenue recognition 
rules.  Revenue  allocated  to  each  element  is  then  recognized  when  the  basic  revenue  recognition  criteria  for  that 
element  have been  met.  The  amount  of  product  revenue recognized  is  affected by  our  judgments  as  to  whether  an 
arrangement includes multiple elements. 

We use VSOE of selling price in the selling price allocation in all instances where it exists. VSOE of selling 
price for products and services is determined when a substantial majority of the selling prices fall within a reasonable 
range when sold separately. TPE of selling price can be established by evaluating largely interchangeable competitor 
products or services in standalone sales to similarly situated customers. As our products contain a significant element 
of  proprietary  technology  and  the  solution  offered  differs  substantially  from  that  of  competitors,  it  is  difficult  to 
obtain the reliable standalone competitive pricing necessary to establish TPE. ESP represents the best estimate of the 
price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a standalone basis. We determine ESP 
for a product or service by using historical selling prices which reflect multiple factors including, but not limited to 
customer type, geography, market conditions, competitive landscape, gross margin objectives and pricing practices. 
The  determination  of  ESP  is  made  through  consultation  with  and  approval  by  management.  We  may  modify  or 
develop new pricing practices and strategies in the future. As these pricing strategies evolve changes may occur in 
ESP.  The  aforementioned  factors  may  result  in  a  different  allocation  of  revenue  to  the  deliverables  in  multiple 
element arrangements, which may change the pattern and timing of revenue recognition for these elements but will 
not change the total revenue recognized for the arrangement. 

Inventory valuation.    We assess the valuation of our inventory on a periodic basis and make adjustments to 
the value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon estimates about future demand and actual usage. 
Such estimates are difficult to make under most economic conditions. The excess balance determined by this analysis 
becomes the basis for our excess inventory charge. Our excess inventory review process includes analysis of sales 
forecasts, managing product rollovers and working with manufacturing to maximize recovery of excess inventory. If 
actual  market  conditions  are  less  favorable  than  those  projected  by  management,  additional  write-downs  may  be 
required. If actual market conditions are more favorable than anticipated, inventory previously written down may be 
sold to customers, resulting in lower cost of sales and higher income from operations than expected in that period. In 
the  fourth  quarter  of  2014,  Agilent  announced  it  is  exiting  the  NMR  business,  and  as  a  result,  recorded  an  excess 
inventory charge of $30 million. 

Share-based  compensation.    We  account  for  share-based  awards  in  accordance  with  the  authoritative 
guidance. Under the authoritative guidance, share-based compensation expense is primarily based on estimated grant 
date  fair value  and  is  recognized on  a  straight  line basis. The fair  value  of  share-based  awards  for  employee  stock 
option  awards  was  estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  Shares  granted  under  the  Long-Term 
Performance  Program  ("LTPP") were valued using  the  Monte  Carlo  simulation  model.  The  estimated  fair value of 
restricted stock unit awards is determined based on the market price of Agilent's common stock on the date of grant 
adjusted for expected dividend yield.  On January 17, 2012, the company's Board of Directors approved the initiation 
of  quarterly  cash  dividends  to  the  company's  shareholders.  The  fair  value  of  all  the  awards  granted  prior  to  the 
declaration  of  quarterly  cash  dividend  was  measured  based  on  an  expected  dividend  yield  of  0%.  The  Employee 
Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") allows eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock at 85 percent of the 
fair market value at the purchase date. 

5

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Both the Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo simulation fair value models require the use of highly subjective and 
complex  assumptions,  including  the  option's  expected  life  and  the  price  volatility  of  the  underlying  stock.  The 
expected stock price volatility assumption was determined using the historical volatility of Agilent's stock option over 
the  most  recent  historical  period  equivalent  to  the  expected  life.  A  10 percent  increase  in  our  historical  estimated 
volatility from 39 percent to 49 percent for our most recent employee stock option grant would generally increase the 
value  of  an  award  and  the  associated  compensation  cost  by  approximately  23 percent  if  no  other  factors  were 
changed. 

For the grants awarded under the 2009 stock plan after November 1, 2010, we increased the period available to 
retirement eligible employees to exercise their options from three years at retirement date to the full contractual term 
of  ten  years.  In  developing  our  estimated  life  of  our  employee  stock  options  of  5.8 years  for  2012  to  2014,  we 
considered the historical option exercise behavior of our executive employees who were granted the majority of the 
options  in  the  annual  grants,  which  we  believe  is  representative  of  future  behavior.  See  Note 4,  "Share-based 
Compensation," to the consolidated financial statements for more information. 

The  assumptions  used  in  calculating  the  fair  value  of  share-based  awards  represent  our  best  estimates,  but 
these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. Although we believe the 
assumptions  and estimates  we  have  made  are  reasonable  and  appropriate,  changes  in  assumptions  could  materially 
impact our reported financial results. 

Retirement and post-retirement benefit plan assumptions.    Retirement and post-retirement benefit plan costs 
are  a  significant  cost  of  doing  business.  They  represent  obligations  that  will  ultimately  be  settled  sometime  in  the 
future  and  therefore  are  subject  to  estimation.  Pension  accounting  is  intended  to  reflect  the  recognition  of  future 
benefit  costs  over  the  employees'  average  expected  future  service  to  Agilent  based  on  the  terms  of  the  plans  and 
investment  and  funding  decisions.  To  estimate  the  impact  of  these  future  payments  and  our  decisions  concerning 
funding of these obligations, we are required to make assumptions using actuarial concepts within the framework of 
accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. Two critical assumptions are the discount rate and the expected 
long-term  return  on  plan  assets.  Other  important  assumptions  include,  expected  future  salary  increases,  expected 
future  increases  to  benefit  payments,  expected  retirement  dates,  employee  turnover,  retiree  mortality  rates,  and 
portfolio composition. We evaluate these assumptions at least annually. 

The discount rate is used to determine the present value of future benefit payments at the measurement date - 
October 31 for both U.S. and non-U.S. plans. For 2014 and 2013, the U.S. discount rates were based on the results of 
matching  expected  plan  benefit  payments  with  cash  flows  from  a  hypothetically  constructed  bond  portfolio  and 
decreased in 2014 from the previous year. 

For  2014  and  2013,  the  discount  rate  for  non-U.S.  plans  was  generally  based  on  published  rates  for  high 
quality corporate bonds and in 2014, decreased from the previous year. If we changed our discount rate by 1 percent, 
the  impact  would  be  $8  million  on  U.S.  pension  expense  and  $21  million  on  non-U.S.  pension  expense.  Lower 
discount rates increase present values and subsequent year pension expense; higher discount rates decrease present 
values and subsequent year pension expense. 

The company uses alternate methods of amortization as allowed by the authoritative guidance which amortizes 
the  actuarial  gains  and  losses  on  a  consistent  basis  for  the  years  presented.  For  U.S.  Plans,  gains  and  losses  are 
amortized  over  the  average  future  working  lifetime.  For  most  Non-U.S.  Plans  and  U.S.  Post-Retirement  Benefit 
Plans, gains and losses are amortized using a separate layer for each year's gains and losses. The expected long-term 
return  on  plan  assets  is  estimated  using  current  and  expected  asset  allocations  as  well  as  historical  and  expected 
returns.  Plan  assets  are  valued  at  fair  value.  If  we  changed  our  estimated  return  on  assets  by  1 percent,  the  impact 
would be $10 million on U.S. pension expense and $17 million on non-U.S. pension expense. For 2014, actual return 
on assets was above expectations which, along with contributions during the year, reduced next year’s pension cost as 
well as improved the funded status at year end. The net periodic pension and post-retirement benefit costs recorded in 
operations excluding curtailments and settlements were $13 million in 2014, $58 million in 2013, and $52 million in 
2012. 

Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets. Under the authoritative guidance we have the option to perform a 
qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The accounting standard gives 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether performing the two-step test is necessary. 
If  an  entity  believes,  as  a  result  of  its  qualitative  assessment,  that  it  is  more-likely-than-not  (i.e. greater  than  50% 
chance) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test will be 
required. Otherwise, no further testing will be required. 

The  guidance  includes  examples  of  events  and  circumstances  that  might  indicate  that  a  reporting  unit's  fair 
value is less than its carrying amount. These include macro-economic conditions such as deterioration in the entity's 
operating environment or industry or market considerations; entity-specific events such as increasing costs, declining 
financial performance, or loss of key personnel; or other events such as an expectation that a reporting unit will be 
sold or a sustained decrease in the stock price on either an absolute basis or relative to peers. 

If it is determined, as a result of the qualitative assessment, that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of 
a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the provisions of authoritative guidance require that we perform a 
two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying 
value. The second step (if necessary) measures the amount of impairment by applying fair-value-based tests to the 
individual assets and liabilities within each reporting unit. As defined in the authoritative guidance, a reporting unit is 
an operating segment, or one level below an operating segment. We aggregate components of an operating segment 
that have similar economic characteristics into our reporting units. 

 In  fiscal  year  2014,  we  assessed  goodwill  impairment  for  our  four  reporting  units  which  consisted  of  two 
segments:  chemical  analysis  and  electronic  measurement;  and  two  reporting  units  under  the  life  sciences  and 
diagnostics segment. The first of these two reporting units related to our life sciences business and the second related 
to our diagnostics business. We performed a qualitative test for goodwill impairment of the four reporting units, as of 
September 30, 2014. Based on the results of our qualitative testing, we believe that it is more-likely-than-not that the 
fair value of these reporting units are greater than their respective carrying values. Each quarter we review the events 
and circumstances to determine if goodwill impairment is indicated. There was no impairment of goodwill during the 
years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

Purchased  intangible  assets  consist  primarily  of  acquired  developed  technologies,  proprietary  know-how, 
trademarks, and customer relationships and are amortized using the best estimate of the asset's useful life that reflect 
the pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed or used up or a straight-line method ranging from 6 months 
to 15 years. In-process research and development ("IPR&D") is initially capitalized at fair value as an intangible asset 
with an indefinite life and assessed for impairment thereafter. When the IPR&D project is complete, it is reclassified 
as an amortizable purchased intangible asset and is amortized over its estimated useful life. If an IPR&D project is 
abandoned,  Agilent  will  record  a  charge  for  the  value  of  the  related  intangible  asset  to  Agilent's  condensed 
consolidated statement of operations in the period it is abandoned. 

Agilent's  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  IPR&D  intangible  assets.  The  accounting  guidance  allows  a 
qualitative  approach  for  testing  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  for  impairment,  similar  to  the  issued  impairment 
testing guidance for goodwill and allowed the option to first assess qualitative factors (events and circumstances) that 
could have affected the significant inputs used in determining the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset to 
determine whether it is more-likely-than-not (i.e. greater than 50% chance) that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is 
impaired.  An organization may choose to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset 
in  any  period  and  proceed  directly  to  calculating  its  fair  value.  We  performed  a  qualitative  test  for  impairment  of 
indefinite-lived intangible assets as of September 30, 2014. Based on the results of our qualitative testing, we believe 
that  it  is  more-likely-than-not  that  the  fair  value  of  these  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  is  greater  than  their 
respective  carrying  values.  Each  quarter  we  review  the  events  and  circumstances  to  determine  if  impairment  of 
indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  is  indicated. In  the  years  ended October 31, 2014,  2013  and  2012, we recorded  an 
impairment of $4 million, $1 million and $1 million, respectively due to the cancellation of certain IPR&D projects. 
In addition, in the year ended October 31, 2014, we also recorded $12 million of impairment of other intangibles due 
to the exit of our NMR business. 

Restructuring  and  exit  of  NMR  business. The  main  components  of  expenses  are  related  to  workforce 
reductions, assets impairments and write-downs and special charges to inventory, which mainly relates to exiting of 
one  of  our  businesses.  Workforce  reduction  charges  are  accrued  when  payment  of  benefits  that  the  employees  are 
entitled to becomes probable and the amounts can be estimated. We have also assessed the recoverability of our long-
lived assets, by determining whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted future 

7

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
cash flows. Asset impairments primarily consist of property, plant and equipment and are based on an estimate of the 
amounts and timing of future cash flows related to the expected future remaining use and ultimate sale or disposal of 
buildings  and  equipment  net  of  costs  to  sell.  The  charges  related  to  inventory  include  estimated  future  inventory 
disposal  payments  that  we  are  contractually  obliged  to  make  to  our  suppliers  and  inventory  written-down  to  net 
realizable value. If the amounts and timing of cash flows from restructuring activities are significantly different from 
what  we  have  estimated,  the  actual  amount  of  restructuring  and  asset  impairment  charges  could  be  materially 
different, either higher or lower, than those we have recorded. 

Accounting  for  income  taxes.  We  must  make  certain  estimates  and  judgments  in  determining  income  tax 
expense  for  financial  statement  purposes.  These  estimates  and  judgments  occur  in  the  calculation  of  tax  credits, 
benefits and deductions, and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities which arise from differences in the 
timing  of  recognition  of  revenue  and  expense  for  tax  and  financial  statement  purposes,  as  well  as  interest  and 
penalties  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions.  Significant  changes  to  these  estimates  may  result  in  an  increase  or 
decrease to our tax provision in a subsequent period. 

Significant management judgment is also required in determining whether deferred tax assets will be realized 
in full or in part. When it is more-likely-than-not that all or some portion of specific deferred tax assets such as net 
operating losses or foreign tax credit carryforwards will not be realized, a valuation allowance must be established for 
the amount of the deferred tax assets that cannot be realized. We consider all available positive and negative evidence 
on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis when assessing whether it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets are 
recoverable. We consider evidence such as our past operating results, the existence of losses in recent years and our 
forecast  of  future  taxable  income.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2012  we  released  the  valuation  allowance  for  the 
majority  of our  U.S.  deferred  tax  assets. At  October  31, 2014, we  continue  to  recognize  a  valuation  allowance for 
certain U.S. state and foreign deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain a valuation allowance in these jurisdictions 
until sufficient positive evidence exists to support its reversal. 

We have not provided for all U.S. federal income and foreign withholding taxes on the undistributed earnings 
of  some  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries  because  we  intend  to  reinvest  such  earnings  indefinitely.  Should  we  decide  to 
remit this income to the U.S. in a future period, our provision for income taxes will increase materially in that period. 

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax law 
and regulations  in  a  multitude  of jurisdictions. Although  the  guidance on  the  accounting for uncertainty  in  income 
taxes  prescribes  the  use  of  a  recognition  and  measurement  model,  the  determination  of  whether  an  uncertain  tax 
position has met those thresholds will continue to require significant judgment by management. In accordance with 
the guidance on the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, for all U.S. and other tax jurisdictions, we recognize 
potential  liabilities  for  anticipated  tax  audit  issues  based  on  our  estimate  of  whether,  and  the  extent  to  which, 
additional  taxes  and  interest  will  be  due.  The  ultimate  resolution  of  tax  uncertainties  may  differ  from  what  is 
currently  estimated,  which  could  result  in  a  material  impact  on  income  tax  expense.  If  our  estimate  of  income  tax 
liabilities  proves  to  be  less  than  the  ultimate  assessment,  a  further  charge  to  expense  would  be  required.  If  events 
occur  and  the  payment  of  these  amounts  ultimately  proves  to  be  unnecessary,  the  reversal  of  the  liabilities  would 
result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when we determine the liabilities are no longer necessary. We 
include  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  within  the  provision  for  income  taxes  on  the 
consolidated statements of operations. 

As  a  part  of  our  accounting  for  business  combinations,  intangible  assets  are  recognized  at  fair  values  and 
goodwill is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net estimated fair values of assets acquired. 
Impairment charges associated with goodwill are generally not tax deductible and will result in an increased effective 
income  tax  rate  in  the  period  that  any  impairment  is  recorded.  Amortization  expenses  associated  with  acquired 
intangible  assets  are  generally  not  tax  deductible  and  therefore  deferred tax  liabilities  have been recorded  for  non-
deductible amortization expenses as a part of the accounting for business combinations. 

Adoption of New Pronouncements 

See Note 2, "New Accounting Pronouncements," to the consolidated financial statements for a description of 

new accounting pronouncements. 

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring and Exit of NMR Business 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014, we made the decision to cease the manufacture and sale of our 
nuclear magnetic resonance (“NMR”) product line within our life sciences and diagnostics segment. The exit of the 
NMR business was primarily due to the lack of growth and profitability of the product line.  In connection with the 
exit,  we have recorded approximately $68 million in restructuring and other related costs associated with the closure 
of NMR.   These costs are comprised of severance and other personnel costs related to the workforce reduction of 
approximately 300 employees primarily located in the United Kingdom and California and non-cash charges related 
to intangible asset impairments and other asset write-downs including inventory. We expect to substantially complete 
these  restructuring  activities  by  the  end  of  fiscal  2016.  The  exit  of  the  NMR  business  is  expected  to  result  in  a 
positive  impact  of  approximately  $10  million  in  operating  profit  in  fiscal  year  2015.    As  of  October  31,  2014, 
substantially all employees are pending termination under the above actions and approximately $2 million was paid 
under the above actions. 

In  the  second  quarter  of  2013,  we  accrued  for  a  targeted  restructuring  program  to  reduce  Agilent's  total 
headcount by approximately 450 regular employees, representing approximately 2 percent of our global workforce. 
In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, Agilent announced plans to separate the electronic measurement business 
from Agilent which was completed on November 1, 2014. As a result, approximately 50 employees from the targeted 
restructuring  plan  have  been  redeployed  within  the  company,  reducing  the  total  headcount  under  this  plan  to  400 
employees.  The  timing  and  scope  of  workforce  reductions  will  vary  based  on  local  legal  requirements.  When 
completed the restructuring program expected to result in an approximately $50 million reduction in annual cost of 
sales  and  operating  expenses  over  the  three  business  segments.  In  addition  we  have  been  streamlining  our 
manufacturing operations. As part of this action, we anticipate the reduction of approximately 250 positions to reduce 
our annual cost of sales. 

For  the  year  ended  October  31,  2014  we  reversed  $4  million  in  restructuring  charges  associated  with 
employees  that  have  been  redeployed  within  the  company.  Within  the  U.S,  we  have  substantially  completed  these 
restructuring activities.  Internationally, we expect to complete almost all of these restructuring activities by the end 
of  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2015.  As  of  October  31,  2014,  approximately  70  employees,  including  Keysight 
employees,  are  pending  termination  and  approximately  $46  million  was  been  paid  under  the  above  actions.  In  the 
year ended October 31, 2014, we have realized the expected savings within our three business segments as a result of 
these restructuring activities. 

Foreign Currency 

Our  revenues,  costs  and  expenses,  and  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  are  exposed  to  changes  in  foreign 
currency exchange rates as a result of our global operating and financing activities. We hedge revenues, expenses and 
balance sheet exposures that are not denominated in the functional currencies of our subsidiaries on a short term and 
anticipated  basis.  We  do  experience  some  fluctuations  within  individual  lines  of  the  consolidated  statement  of 
operations and balance sheet because our hedging program is not designed to offset the currency movements in each 
category of revenues, expenses, monetary assets and liabilities. Our hedging program is designed to hedge currency 
movements  on  a  relatively  short-term  basis  (up  to  a  rolling  twelve  month  period).  Therefore,  we  are  exposed  to 
currency  fluctuations  over  the  longer  term.  To  the  extent  that  we  are  required  to  pay  for  all,  or  portions,  of  an 
acquisition  price  in  foreign  currencies,  Agilent  may  enter  into  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  reduce  the  risk  that 
currency movements will impact the U.S. dollar cost of the transaction. 

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results from Operations 

Orders and Net Revenue 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013

(in millions)

2012

2014 over 2013 
% Change 

2013 over 2012
% Change 

Orders 
Net revenue: 
Products 
Services and other 

Total net revenue 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

7,134 $ 

6,827 $ 

6,877

5,686 $ 
1,295 $ 
6,981 $

5,534 $ 
1,248 $ 
6,782 $

5,659
1,199
6,858

4% 

3% 
4% 
3% 

(1)% 

(2)% 
4% 
(1)%

% of total net revenue: 

Products 
Services and other 
Total 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013

2012

2014 over 2013 
Ppts Change 

2013 over 2012
Ppts Change 

81%
19%
100%

82%
18%
100%

83%
17%
100%

(1) ppt 
1 ppt 

(1) ppt 
1 ppt 

In general, recorded orders represent firm purchase commitments from our customers with established terms 

and conditions for products and services that will be delivered within six months. 

Agilent's total orders in 2014 were $7,134 million, an increase of 4 percent when compared to 2013. Foreign 
currency movements had an unfavorable impact of approximately 1 percentage point for the year ended October 31, 
2014 when compared to 2013. Within our life sciences and diagnostics business orders increased 5 percent in 2014 
compared  to  2013.  Chemical  analysis  orders  increased  6  percent  in  2014  when  compared  to  2013  and  electronic 
measurement  businesses  orders  increased  3  percent  when  compared  to  2013.  Agilent's  total  orders  in  2013  were 
$6,827  million,  a  decrease  of  1  percent  when  compared  to  2012.  Foreign  currency  movements  had  an  unfavorable 
impact  of  approximately  2  percentage  points  for  the  year  ended  October  31,  2013  when  compared  to  2012.  The 
increase  in  orders  associated  with  the  Dako  acquisition  accounted  for  approximately  3  percentage  points  of  order 
growth for the year ended 2013 when compared to 2012. 

Agilent's net revenue of $6,981 million in 2014 increased 3 percent when compared to 2013. Foreign currency 
movements for 2014 had an unfavorable impact of approximately 1 percentage point compared to 2013. Within our 
life sciences and diagnostics business revenue increased 3 percent in 2014 compared to 2013. There was growth in 
demand for life sciences and diagnostics products and services led by pharmaceutical and biotechnology and clinical 
markets. There was a decrease in demand from the life science research for the year ended October 31, 2014, when 
compared to the prior year. Within our chemical analysis business revenue grew 5 percent in 2014 compared with the 
prior  year.  There  was  a  strong  increase  in  revenue  from  the  food  safety  and  forensics  with  environmental  and 
petrochemical  markets  also  showing  increases  at  a  more  modest  level  when  compared  to  the  prior  year.  Within 
electronic  measurement,  total  revenue  increased  when  compared  to  the  prior  year  by  2  percent.  General  purpose 
markets increased with computer and semi-conductor markets improving, but aerospace and defense was down when 
compared  to  2013.  Also  within  electronic  measurement,  the  communications  test  business  increased  for  the  year 
ended October 31, 2014 when compared to the prior year with wireless manufacturing growing strongly and R&D 
showing a moderate shortfall compared to the prior year.  Agilent's net revenue of $6,782 million decreased 1 percent 
in 2013 when compared to 2012. Foreign currency movements for 2013 had an unfavorable impact of approximately 
1 percentage  point  compared  to  2012.  Revenue  associated  with  the  Dako  acquisition  accounted  for  approximately 
4 percentage points of the revenue growth for the year ended October 31, 2013 when compared to 2012. 

Services and other revenue include revenue generated from servicing our installed base of products, warranty 
extensions and consulting. Services and other revenue increased 4 percent in 2014 as compared to 2013.  The service 
and other revenue growth is impacted by a portion of the revenue being driven by the current and previously installed 
produce  base.  Service  and  other  revenue  increased  due  to  increased  service  contract  renewals  and  laboratory 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
productivity services, but revenue from the sale of extended warranties within our electronic measurement business 
was  flat  due  to  the  extension  of  standard  terms  from  one  year  to  three  years  in  2013.  Services  and  other  revenue 
increased 4 percent in 2013 as compared to 2012.  

Backlog 

Backlog  represents  the  amount  of  revenue  expected  from  orders  that  have  already  been  booked,  including 
orders for goods and services that have not been delivered to customers, orders invoiced but not yet recognized as 
revenue, and orders for goods that were shipped but not invoiced, awaiting acceptance by customers. 

On October 31, 2014, our unfilled backlog for the chemical analysis business was approximately $430 million, 
as compared to approximately $380 million at October 31, 2013. Within our life sciences and diagnostics business, 
our  unfilled  backlog  was  approximately  $530 million  on  October 31,  2014  as  compared  to  approximately 
$520 million at October 31, 2013.  

On  October 31,  2014,  our  unfilled  backlog  for  the  electronic  measurement  business  was  approximately 
$780 million, as compared to approximately $760 million at October 31, 2013. It is expected that the unfilled backlog 
will be fulfilled by Keysight  which separated from Agilent on November 1, 2014.  

We expect that a majority of the unfilled backlog for all businesses will be delivered to customers within six 
months.  On  average,  our  unfilled  backlog  represents  approximately  three  months'  worth  of  revenues.  We  believe 
backlog  on  any  particular  date,  while  indicative  of  short-term  revenue  performance,  is  not  necessarily  a  reliable 
indicator of medium or long-term revenue performance. 

Costs and Expenses 

Gross margin on products 
Gross margin on services and other 
Total gross margin 
Operating margin 

(in millions) 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014

53.0 %
44.8 %
51.5 %
11.9 %

2013
53.5 %
46.2 % 
52.1 % 
14.0 % 

2012
53.9%
46.1%
52.6%
16.3%

2014 over 2013 
Change 
(1) ppt 
(1) ppt 
(1) ppt 
(2) ppts 

2013 over 2012
Change 
  — ppt
  — ppt 
  — ppt 
(2) ppts 

Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 

$ 
$ 

719 
2,043 

704 
$ 
$  1,880 

$
$

668 
1,817 

2% 
9% 

5% 
3% 

In  2014,  total  gross  margins  decreased  one  percentage  point  when  compared  to  the  same  period  last  year. 
Gross margins in our life sciences and diagnostics business were relatively flat, up in our chemicals analysis business 
and down within our electronic measurement business for the year ended October 31, 2014 when compared to 2013. 
There  were  changes  in  gross  margin  due  to  higher  inventory  charges  driven  by  the  exit  of  the  NMR  business, 
expenditures to address an FDA warning letter, increased warranty costs and product discounts offset by favorable 
manufacturing overhead costs. Operating margins declined by 2 percentage point in the year ended October 31, 2014 
when compared to the same period last year. The overall decline in operating margin for the year ended October 31, 
2014 was mostly due to pre-separation costs. Operating margins within our life sciences and diagnostics business was 
down and in the chemical analysis business operating margins increased for the year ended October 31, 2014 when 
compared to 2013. Within electronic measurement operating margins was flat for the year ended October 31, 2014 
when compared to 2013. 

In  2013,  total  gross  margin  was  flat  in  comparison  to  2012.  Increased  costs,  in  particular,  intangible 
amortization from the acquisition of Dako, restructuring expenses and inventory charges were offset by a decrease in 
variable and incentive pay. Operating margins in 2013 decreased 2 percentage points compared to 2012 as a result of 
increased operating expenses associated with the Dako acquisition, including increased intangible asset amortization, 
restructuring  costs,  higher  wages  and  increased  inventory  charges  offset  by  lower  variable  and  incentive  pay.  This 
was the result of maintaining cost control through a decrease in variable and incentive pay while absorbing increases 
in expenditure from Dako and wage increases. 

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Gross  inventory  charges  were  $79  million  in  2014,  $48  million  in  2013  and  $30  million  in  2012.  Sales  of 

previously written down inventory were $9 million in 2014, $7 million in 2013 and $5 million in 2012. 

Our research and development efforts focus on potential new products and product improvements covering a 
wide variety of technologies, none of which is individually significant to our operations. We conduct five types of 
research and development: basic research, foundation technologies, communications, life sciences and measurement. 
Our  research  seeks  to  improve  on  various  technical  competencies  in  electronics,  photonics,  software,  systems  and 
solutions and life sciences. In each of these research fields, we conduct research that is focused on specific product 
development  for  release  in  the  short-term  as  well  as  other  research  that  is  intended  to  be  the foundation  for  future 
products over a longer time-horizon. Some of our product development research is designed to improve on the more 
than 20,000 products already in production, focus on major new product releases, and develop new product segments 
for  the  future.  Due  to  the  breadth  of  research  and  development  projects  across  all  of  our  businesses,  there  are  a 
number  of  drivers  of  this  expense.  We  remain  committed  to  invest  significantly  in  research  and  development  and 
have focused our development efforts on key strategic opportunities to align our business with available markets and 
position ourselves to capture market share. 

Research  and  development  expenditures  increased  2 percent  in  2014  compared  to  2013.    R&D  expenditure 
increased within our life sciences and diagnostics and chemical analysis businesses with investments for product and 
software  R&D  together  with  wage  increases  and  higher  variable  pay.  Within  our  electronic  measurement  business 
there was a reduction in R&D expenditure within electronic measurement business due to savings from prior year's 
restructuring.  Research  and  development  expenditures  increased  5 percent  in  2013  compared  to  2012.  Increased 
expenditure was due to our continued investment in new product development and technologies, increased costs due 
to  Dako,  restructuring  costs  and  wage  increases,  partially  offset  by  lower  variable  and  incentive  pay.  We  remain 
committed  to  invest  in  research  and  development  and  have  focused  our  development  efforts  on  key  strategic 
opportunities in order to align our business with available markets and position ourselves to capture market share. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 9 percent in 2014 compared to 2013. Selling, general 
and  administrative  expenditure  increased  mostly  due  to  pre-separation  costs  with  other  increases  in  wages,  higher 
commissions and investments in sales channel coverage partially offset by an $11 million gain on sale of land and 
savings due to restructuring charges incurred in the prior year. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 
3  percent  in  2013  compared  to  2012.  Increases  were  due  to  the  acquisition  of  Dako,  including  amortization  of 
intangible  assets,  wage  increases  and  investments  in  sales  channel  coverage  in  emerging  geographies  and 
restructuring costs offset by decreases in variable and incentive pay. 

Interest  expense  for  the  years  ended  October  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012  was  $113  million,  $107  million  and 
$101  million,  respectively,  and  relates  to  the  interest  charged  on  our  senior  notes  offset  by  the  amortization  of 
deferred gains recorded upon termination of interest rate swap contracts. 

At  October 31,  2014,  our  headcount  was  approximately  21,400  compared  to  20,600  in  2013  and  20,500  in 

2012. Following the separation of Keysight from Agilent our headcount will be approximately 12,000. 

Other income (expense) 

For the year ended October 31, 2014 other income (expense), net includes a net loss on the early redemption of 
the 2015 senior notes and partial redemption of the 2017 notes of $89 million consisting of the prepayment penalties 
of  $108  million,  $3  million  of  accelerated  amortization  of  debt  issuance  costs  and  discount  and  the  accelerated 
amortization of interest rate swap gains of $22 million. 

Income Taxes 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014

2013 

2012

(in millions) 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes 

$

142 $

135    $ 

(110)

For  2014,  the  effective  tax  rate  was  22  percent.    The  22  percent  effective  tax  rate  is  lower  than  the  U.S. 
statutory rate primarily due to the mix of earnings in non-U.S. jurisdictions taxed at lower statutory rates; in particular 
Singapore  where  we  enjoy  tax  holidays.  The  impact  of  the  tax  holidays  decreased  income  taxes  by  $76  million  in 

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014.  In  the  fourth  quarter  we  recorded  an  out  of  period  tax  expense  of  $13  million  tax  for  corrections  to  U.S. 
deferred  taxes.    In  the  third  quarter  we  recorded  out  of  period  adjustments  consisting  of  a  $9  million  tax  benefit 
related to the correction of the tax basis of land in the UK and a $3 million tax expense to correct tax related balance 
sheet accounts. In the second quarter we recorded an out of period adjustment to tax expense of approximately $12 
million for correction of transfer pricing for tax years 2012 and 2013. These corrections are not considered material to 
current or prior periods. The effective tax rate increased by 6 percent over the previous year primarily due to lower 
earnings  in  non-US  jurisdictions  taxed  a  lower  statutory  rates,  the  out  of  period  adjustments  listed  above  and  the 
impact of non-deductible costs related to the separation of Keysight of $17 million. 

For  2013,  the  effective  tax  rate  was  16  percent.    The  16  percent  effective  tax  rate  is  lower  than  the  U.S. 
statutory rate primarily due to the mix of earnings in non-U.S. jurisdictions taxed at lower statutory rates; in particular 
Singapore where we enjoy tax holidays. The impact of the tax holidays decreased income taxes by $127 million in 
2013. The effective tax rate also included a$12 million out-of-period adjustment to increase tax expense, recognized 
in  the  second  quarter  of  2013,  associated  with  the  write  off  of  deferred  tax  assets  related  to  foreign  tax  credits 
incorrectly claimed in prior years. 

For 2012, the effective tax rate was a benefit of 11 percent. The 11 percent effective tax rate benefit reflected 
tax  on  earnings  in  jurisdictions  that  had  low  effective  tax  rates  and  included  a  $280  million  tax  benefit  due  to  the 
reversal of a valuation allowance for most U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. Valuation allowances require an 
assessment of both positive and negative evidence when determining whether it is more likely than not that deferred 
tax assets are recoverable. Such assessment is required on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. In the fourth quarter of 
2012, management concluded that the valuation allowance for most of Agilent's U.S. federal and state deferred tax 
assets  was  no  longer  needed  primarily  due  to  the  emergence  from  cumulative  losses  in  recent  years,  the  return  to 
sustainable U.S. operating profits and the expectation of sustainable profitability in future periods. As of October 31, 
2012, the cumulative positive evidence outweighed the negative evidence regarding the likelihood that most of the 
deferred tax asset for Agilent's U.S. consolidated income tax group will be realized. Accordingly, we recognized a 
non-recurring  tax  benefit  of  $280  million  relating  to  the  valuation  allowance  reversal.  The  effective  tax  rate  also 
included a non-recurring tax expense of $88 million relating to an increase in the overall residual U.S. tax expected to 
be  imposed  upon  the  repatriation  of  unremitted  foreign  earnings  previously  considered  permanently  reinvested. 
During the fourth quarter of 2012, we assessed the forecasted cash needs and overall financial position of our foreign 
subsidiaries  and  determined  that  a  portion  of  previously  permanently  reinvested  earnings  would  no  longer  be 
reinvested overseas. The effective tax rate was also reduced by a $68 million tax benefit primarily associated with the 
recognition  of  previously  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and  the  reversal  of  the  related  interest  accruals  due  to  the 
reassessment of certain uncertain tax positions relating to foreign jurisdictions. 

Agilent enjoys tax holidays in several different jurisdictions, most significantly in Singapore. The tax holidays 
provide  lower  rates  of  taxation  on  certain  classes  of  income  and  require  various  thresholds  of  investments  and 
employment or specific types of income in those jurisdictions. The tax holidays are due for renewal between 2015 
and 2023. The Keysight entity in Singapore has not obtained a tax holiday to date.  Accordingly, income tax expense 
has been recorded on its fourth quarter earnings at the statutory rate.  As a result of the incentives, the impact of the 
tax  holidays  decreased  income  taxes  by  $76  million,  $127  million,  and  $122  million  in  2014,  2013,  and  2012, 
respectively. The benefit of the tax holidays on net income per share (diluted) was approximately $0.23, $0.37, and 
$0.35 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

In accordance with the guidance on the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, for all U.S. and other tax 
jurisdictions, we recognize potential liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on our estimate of whether, and 
the extent to which, additional taxes and interest will be due. If our estimate of income tax liabilities proves to be less 
than the ultimate assessment, a further charge to expense would be required. If events occur and the payment of these 
amounts  ultimately  proves  to  be  unnecessary,  the  reversal  of  the  liabilities  would  result  in  tax  benefits  being 
recognized in the period when we determine the liabilities are no longer necessary. We include interest and penalties 
related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  within  the  provision  for  income  taxes  on  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations. 

In the U.S., tax years remain open back to the year 2008 for federal income tax purposes and the year 2000 for 
significant states. On January 29, 2014 we reached an agreement with the IRS for the tax years 2006 through 2007. 
The  settlement  resulted  in  the  recognition  of  previously  unrecognized  tax  benefits  of  $160  million,  offset  by  a  tax 
liability on foreign distributions of approximately $148 million principally related to additional foreign earnings that 

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
were recognized in conjunction with the settlement.  Agilent's U.S. federal income tax returns for 2008 through 2011 
are currently under audit by the IRS. 

In connection with the settlement of the 2006-2007 IRS audit, we identified during the first quarter of fiscal 
year  2014  an  overstatement  of  approximately  $65  million  in  our  long-term  tax  liabilities.  The  overstatement  was 
recorded in 2008 as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle when we adopted Accounting Standard 
Codification  740-10,  Income  Taxes.  Accordingly,  we  corrected  the  error  by  reducing  long-term  tax  liabilities  and 
increasing retained earnings by $65 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2014. The correction had no impact on net 
income  or  cash  flows  in  any  prior  period  and  is  not  considered  material  to  total  liabilities  or  equity  in  any  prior 
period. 

In other major jurisdictions where the company conducts business, the tax years generally remain open back to 
the year 2003.  With these jurisdictions and the U.S., it is reasonably possible that there could be significant changes 
to our unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months due to either the expiration of a statute of limitation or a 
tax audit settlement.  Given the number of years and numerous matters that remain subject to examination in various 
tax jurisdictions, management is unable to estimate the range of possible changes to the balance of our unrecognized 
tax benefits. 

Segment Overview 

Through  October  31,  2014,  we  have  three  business  segments  comprised  of  the  life  sciences  and  diagnostics 

business, the chemical analysis business and the electronic measurement business. 

Life Sciences and Diagnostics 

Our life sciences and diagnostics business provides application-focused solutions that include reagents, instruments, 
software,  consumables,  and  services  that  enable  customers  to  identify,  quantify  and  analyze  the  physical  and 
biological properties of substances and products, as well as enable customers in the clinical and life sciences research 
areas  to  interrogate  samples  at  the  molecular  level.  Key  product  categories  include:  liquid  chromatography  ("LC") 
systems,  columns  and  components;  liquid  chromatography  mass  spectrometry  ("LCMS")  systems;  laboratory 
software  and  informatics  systems;  laboratory  automation  and  robotic  systems;  dissolution  testing;  nucleic  acid 
solutions; Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, and X-Ray Diffraction systems; services and support for the aforementioned 
products;  immunohistochemistry;  In  Situ  Hybridization;   Hematoxylin  and  Eosin  staining;  special  staining,  DNA 
mutation  detection;  genotyping;  gene  copy  number  determination;  identification  of  gene  rearrangements;  DNA 
methylation  profiling;  gene  expression  profiling;  next  generation  sequencing  target  enrichment;  and  automated  gel 
electrophoresis-based  sample  analysis  systems. We  also  collaborate  with  a  number  of  major  pharmaceutical 
companies  to  develop new potential  pharmacodiagnostics,  also  called  companion  diagnostics,  with  the  potential  of 
identifying patients most likely to benefit from a specific targeted therapy. 

Orders and Net Revenue 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014

2013

2012

2014 over 2013 
Change 

2013 over 2012 
Change 

(in millions)

Orders 
Net revenue from products 
Net revenue from services and other 
Total net revenue 

$ 
$ 

$ 

2,424 $
1,914 $
458
2,372 $

2,319 $
1,868 $
432
2,300 $

1,993
1,578
406
1,984

5% 
2% 
6% 
3% 

16% 
18%
6% 
16%

Life sciences and diagnostics orders in 2014 grew 5 percent compared to 2013. Foreign currency movements 
had a negligible impact on order growth when compared to the prior year. Order results were led by solid demand in 
the LC, services and consumables portfolios, along with strength in LCMS, nucleic acid, genomics and informatics. 
Geographically, orders grew 5 percent in the Americas, grew 9 percent in Europe, declined 9 percent in Japan, and 
grew 2 percent in Asia Pacific excluding Japan during 2014 when compared to 2013. Life sciences and diagnostics 
orders in 2013 increased 16 percent compared to 2012. Foreign currency movements had an unfavorable impact of 2 
percentage points on order growth when compared to the prior year. Excluding the impact of the Dako acquisition, 

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
order growth of 4 percent in 2013 was driven by strength in LC, genomics, services and consumables, partially offset 
by declines in LCMS and research products. 

Life  sciences  and  diagnostics  net  revenue  in  2014  increased  3 percent  compared  to  2013.  Foreign  currency 
movements for 2013 had a negligible impact on revenue growth when compared to the prior year. Revenue growth 
was led by strength in genomics, LC, consumables and services portfolios. Geographically, revenue grew 3 percent in 
the Americas, grew 5 percent in Europe, declined 1 percent in Japan, and grew 3 percent in Asia Pacific excluding 
Japan during 2014 when compared to 2013. The economic recovery and improved government spending continued to 
drive  growth  in  the  Americas.  Increased  spending for  life  science  research  in  China  drove  the  moderate  growth  in 
Asia  Pacific  excluding  Japan,  while  Japan  reflected  the  unfavorable  impact  of  currency  and  lower  government 
spending.  Life  sciences  and diagnostics  revenue  in 2013  increased 16 percent  compared  to 2012. Foreign  currency 
movements for 2013 had an unfavorable impact of 1 percentage point compared to 2012. Excluding the impact of the 
Dako acquisition, revenue growth of 3 percent was led by strength in LC, consumables and services, partially offset 
by declines in LCMS and research products. 

End  market  performance  reflected  mixed  growth  across markets  in 2014.  Pharmaceutical  and  biotechnology 
market growth was driven by technology refreshes and continued specialty pharmaceutical demand. Despite budget 
restrictions  in  most  pharmaceutical  companies,  technology  refresh  programs  in  large  and  mid-size  pharmaceutical 
companies  continue  to  drive  traditional  replacement  business  to  move  to  the  latest  technologies.  In  life  science 
research, improved government spending on capital equipment in the U.S., China and Europe in the second half of 
2014  was  not  enough  to  offset  the  softness  in  research  in  the  first  half  and  in  Japan.  The  first  half  of  2014  was 
impacted by slow releasing budgets particularly in the U.S. and China. The diagnostics and clinical market reflected 
solid  demand  for  CGH  microarray  and  target  enrichment  solutions  and  sustained  growth  in  pathology.  Applied 
markets grew moderately with good demand in forensics and food boosted by increased government spending in the 
U.S. 

Looking forward, we are optimistic about our growth opportunities in the life sciences and diagnostics markets 
as our broad portfolio of products and solutions are well suited to address customer needs. We continue to invest in 
expanding and improving our applications and solutions portfolio. We expect low spending levels to continue in life 
science  research  markets,  but  we  expect  businesses  such  as  consumables  and  services  and  the  continued  need  to 
refresh  instrumentation  with  high  sensitivity  and  increased  throughput  to  partially  offset  this  effect.  We  remain 
positive about our growth in our clinical and clinical research markets, as adoption of our SureSelect and HaloPlex 
sequencing target enrichment solutions continue. We expect that there will be a positive impact of approximately 1 
percentage point to operating margin in fiscal year 2015 as we complete the exit of our NMR business. 

Gross Margin and Operating Margin 

The  following  table  shows  the  life  sciences  and  diagnostics  business'  margins,  expenses  and  income  from 

operations for 2014 versus 2013, and 2013 versus 2012. 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2014 over 2013 
Change 

2013 over 2012 
Change 

Total gross margin 
Operating margin 

(in millions) 

54.1%
15.8%

54.3%
16.4%

53.3%
14.8%

— ppt 
(1) ppt 

Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Income from operations 

$ 
$ 
$ 

244 $
664 $
376 $

228 $
645 $
377 $

195
567
295

7% 
3% 
— 

1 ppt 
2 ppts 

17% 
14% 
28% 

Gross  margins  in  2014  were  relatively  flat  compared  to  2013.  Gross  margins  reflect  favorable  product  mix, 
lower inventory charges, entirely offset by costs to address the FDA warning letter and higher infrastructure expenses 
and  wage  increases.  Gross  margins  increased  1 percentage  point  in  2013  compared  to  2012.  The  increase  in  gross 
margins was mainly due to the impact of the Dako acquisition, along with favorable volume and lower infrastructure 
expenses partially offset by unfavorable product mix. 

15

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development expenses increased 7 percent in 2014 compared to 2013 due to greater investments 
in  software  and  next  generation  products,  higher  infrastructure  expenses,  wage  increases  and  higher  variable  pay. 
Research and development expenses increased 17 percent in 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was primarily due 
to the impact of the Dako acquisition. 

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  3  percent  in  2014  compared  to  2013  due  to  higher 
commissions,  higher  infrastructure  expenses  partially  offset  by  workforce  reductions.  Selling,  general  and 
administrative  expenses  increased  14 percent  in  2013  compared  to  2012.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  the 
impact of the Dako acquisition. 

Operating  margins  decreased  1  percentage  point  in  2014  compared  to  2013  on  higher  revenue  offset  by 
increased operating expenses. Our NMR business, which we made a decision to exit at the end of the fiscal year, had 
an  unfavorable  impact  of  approximately  2  percentage  points  on  operating  margin  for  fiscal  year  2014.    Operating 
margins increased by 2 percentage points in 2013 compared to 2012. The increases were mainly due to the impact of 
the Dako acquisition and favorable gross profit from higher revenue. 

Income from Operations 

Income from operations in 2014 decreased by $1 million on a revenue increase of $72 million. Income from 
operations in 2013 increased by $82 million or 28 percent on a revenue increase of $316 million, a 26 percent year-
over-year operating margin incremental. Operating margin incremental is measured by the increase in income from 
operations compared to the prior period divided by the increase in revenue compared to the prior period. 

Chemical Analysis 

Our  chemical  analysis  business  provides  application-focused  solutions  that  include  instruments,  software, 
consumables,  and  services  that  enable  customers  to  identify,  quantify  and  analyze  the  physical  and  biological 
properties  of  substances  and  products.    Key  product  categories  in  chemical  analysis  include:  gas  chromatography 
(GC)  systems,  columns  and  components;  gas  chromatography  mass  spectrometry  (GC-MS)  systems;  inductively 
coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) instruments; atomic absorption (AA) instruments; inductively coupled 
plasma optical emission spectrometry (ICP-OES) instruments; molecular spectroscopy instruments; software and data 
systems; vacuum pumps and measurement technologies; services and support for our products. 

Orders and Net Revenue 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014

2013

2012

2014 over 2013 
Change 

2013 over 2012 
Change 

(in millions)

Orders 
Net revenue from products 
Net revenue from services and other 
Total net revenue 

$ 
$ 

$ 

1,747 $
1,292 $
384
1,676 $

1,642 $
1,232 $
362
1,594 $

1,604
1,219
340
1,559

6% 
5% 
6% 
5% 

2% 
1%
6% 
2%

Chemical analysis orders in 2014 increased 6 percent when compared to 2013. Foreign currency movements 
for  2014  had  an  unfavorable  impact  of  1  percentage  point  compared  to  2013.  Order  results  showed  positive 
performance in high-end gas chromatographs, spectroscopy instruments, services and consumables. Strength in these 
areas was offset by declines in mid-range, micro gas chromatographs and vacuum products. Geographically, orders 
grew  6  percent  in  the  Americas,  increased  9  percent  in  Europe,  declined  1  percent  in  Japan  (includes  unfavorable 
currency  impact  of  11  percentage  points),  and  grew  6  percent  in  Asia  Pacific  excluding  Japan  during  2014  when 
compared to 2013. In the Americas the performance was primarily due to the improved demand from government as 
well as private sector in the second half of the year.  Total Asia Pacific orders reflected continued weakness in Japan 
orders  offset  by  continued  growth  in  both  China  and  India.  Chemical  analysis  orders  in  2013  increased  2  percent 
compared to 2012; orders were led by positive growth in services, consumables, and ICP-MS instruments which was 
partially offset by declines in GC-MS systems and flat orders in vacuum pump products. 

Chemical  analysis  revenue  in  2014  increased  5 percent  compared  to  2013.  Foreign  currency  movements  for 
2014  had  an  unfavorable  impact  of  1  percentage  point  compared  to  2013.  Revenue  growth  was  led  by  strength  in 
high-end  GC’s  and  AA-OES  instruments;  this  was  partially  offset  by  weakness  in  micro/  mid-range  GC’s  and 

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
vacuum  products.  Geographically,  revenue  grew  4  percent  in  the  Americas,  grew  10  percent  in  Europe,  grew  1 
percent in Japan (including a 12 percentage point unfavorable currency impact), and grew 3 percent in Asia Pacific 
excluding Japan over 2013. Chemical analysis revenue grew 2 percent in 2013 compared to 2012. Revenue growth 
was led by services and consumables. In the instruments, GC and GC-MS weaknesses were offset by strength in ICP-
MS and AA-OES. 

Chemical analysis saw positive growth in all the key end markets. Growth was led by food testing where the 
demand to export safe and high quality food in emerging markets remains strong, and improved government funding 
in the Americas and Europe continue to drive strength for demand of spectroscopes and high-end gas chromatograph 
instruments. Government spend in the developed countries has improved in the second half of the year, and is driving 
the growth in forensics and environmental markets. Chemical and energy end markets saw low single digit growth in 
2014 compared to 2013, driven primarily by softness in the  industrial markets. In forensics, the spread of designer 
drugs  continues  to  drive  the  need  for  high-sensitivity  testing  which  is  positively  impacting  the  growth  of  GC-MS 
systems, particularly in US and Japan. Environmental and food testing demand grew due to an increased regulatory 
environment in China and other developing economies. 

While  the  economic  environment  still  remains  uncertain,  the  second  half  results  of  2014  reflect  a  positive 
outlook for the chemical analysis core end markets. We will continue to invest in research and development, and seek 
to expand our position in developing countries and emerging markets. New instrument launches over the next twelve 
months,  as  well  as  continued  market  acceptance  of  our  new  products  released  in  2014  (new  5100  ICPOES,  7010 
GCMS and 7200 GC Q-TOF), should help with our product differentiation and competitive position. 

Gross Margin and Operating Margin 

The following table shows the chemical analysis business's margins, expenses and income from operations for 

2014 versus 2013, and 2013 versus 2012. 

Total gross margin 
Operating margin 

(in millions) 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

52.6%
23.1%

51.7%
22.3%

51.4%
21.7%

2014 over 2013 
Change 
1 ppt 
1 ppt 

2013 over 2012 
Change 
— 
1 ppt 

Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Income from operations 

$
$
$

102 $
393 $
387 $

94 $
374 $
355 $

93
371
338

8% 
5% 
9% 

2% 
1% 
5% 

Gross margins increased in 2014 almost 1 percentage point compared to 2013; unfavorable foreign currency 
movements,  higher  product  discounts,  and  wage  increases  were  more  than  offset  by  favorable  manufacturing 
overhead costs and favorable revenue volume. Gross margins in 2013 were flat compared to 2012. Higher product 
discounts and unfavorable foreign currency movements were offset by favorable manufacturing overhead costs and 
favorable revenue volume. 

Research and development expenses increased 8 percent in 2014 when compared to 2013; however remained 
flat  as  a  percentage  of  revenue,  as  we  continue  to  make  investments  in  product  R&D.  Research  and  development 
expenses increased 2 percent in 2013 compared to 2012 driven by our continued investment in instrument products. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 5 percent in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was 
mainly due to higher infrastructure expenses, wage increases, and higher commissions partially offset by favorable 
currency impact. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 1 percent in 2013 compared to 2012, mainly 
due to higher infrastructure expenses and commissions partially offset by reduced discretionary expenses including 
marketing programs and travel. 

Operating margins increased by 1 percentage point in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was due to higher 

revenue and improved gross margins. Operating margins increased by 1 percentage point in 2013 compared to 2012. 

17

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from Operations 

Income from operations in 2014 increased by $32 million or 9 percent compared to 2013 on a revenue increase 
of $82 million, a 39 percent year-over-year operating margin incremental. Income from operations in 2013 increased 
by  $17 million  or  5 percent  compared  to  2012  on  a  revenue  increase  of  $35 million,  a  49 percent  year-over-year 
operating margin incremental. 

Electronic Measurement 

Our  electronic  measurement  business  provides  electronic  measurement  instruments  and  systems,  software 
design tools and related services that are used in the design, development, manufacture, installation, deployment and 
operation of electronics equipment, and microscopy products. Related services include start-up assistance, instrument 
productivity and application services and instrument calibration and repair. We also offer customization, consulting 
and optimization services throughout the customer's product lifecycle. 

Orders and Net Revenue 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014

2013

2012

2014 over 2013 
Change 

2013 over 2012 
Change 

(in millions)

Orders 
Net revenue from products 
Net revenue from services and other 
Total net revenue 

$ 
$ 

$ 

2,963 $
2,480 $
453
2,933 $

2,866 $
2,434 $
454
2,888 $

3,280
2,862
453
3,315

3% 
2% 
— 
2% 

(13)% 
(15)%
— 
(13)%

Electronic measurement orders increased 3 percent in 2014 compared to 2013.  Foreign currency movements 
had  an  unfavorable  impact  of  1  percentage  point  on  the  year-over-year  compare.    Orders  increased  in  all  market 
segments in 2014 compared to 2013 including aerospace and defense; industrial, computer, and semiconductor test; 
and communications test. On a geographic basis, orders grew 11 percent in Asia Pacific excluding Japan, 6 percent in 
Europe and 3 percent in the Americas compared to 2013.  Japan orders declined 16 percent year-over-year, declining 
9 percent year-over-year in local currency compared to 2013. Asia Pacific excluding Japan increased in all  market 
segments.  The increase in the Americas was driven by strong aerospace and defense orders.  Electronic measurement 
orders  declined  13  percent  in  2013  compared  to  2012.  Orders  were  lower  for  all  market  segments,  including 
aerospace and defense; industrial, computer, and semiconductor test; and communications test. 

Electronic  measurement  revenues  increased  2  percent  in  2014  compared  to  2013  with  modest  growth  in 
industrial, computer and semiconductor test, and communication test partially offset by decline in the aerospace and 
defense revenue.  Foreign currency movements had an unfavorable impact of 1 percentage point on the year-over-
year compare.  Revenue from Asia Pacific excluding Japan grew 8 percent driven by growth in communication test 
and industrials, computer and semiconductor test.  Europe revenue increased 5 percent year-over-year from growth in 
communications  test.      Americas  declined  3  percent  year-over-year  with  lower  aerospace  and  defense  and 
communications test.  Japan declined 9 percent year-over-year, with declines in all market segments.  Revenue from 
products increased 2 percent in 2014 compared to 2013 while service related revenue was flat.  Growth in calibration 
services and remarketing sales of used equipment were partially offset by declines in the equipment repair business 
due to the move from a one to three year product warranty. Electronic measurement revenue declined 13 percent in 
2013 compared to 2012 primarily on lower wireless manufacturing and industrial, computer and semiconductor test 
demand. 

General  purpose  test  revenue,  representing  approximately  66  percent  of  electronic  measurement  business, 
increased  year-over-year.    Growth  in  industrial,  computer,  and  semiconductor  test  demand  was  partially  offset  by 
declines in the aerospace and defense business. Aerospace and defense business, while down for the full fiscal year, 
had  positive  growth  in  the  last  two  fiscal  quarters.    The  computer  and  semiconductor  increase  was  driven  by 
investment  in  capacity  growth  and  the  overall  strength  in  the  semiconductor  market.    The  industrial  test  business 
grew for the year with particular strength in the last fiscal quarter driven by growth in the Americas and Asia Pacific 
excluding  Japan.    In  2013,  general  purpose  test  revenue,  representing  approximately  66  percent  of  electronic 
measurement business, declined year-over-year on weak industrial, computer, and semiconductor test demand. 

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Communications  test  revenue,  representing  approximately  34  percent  of  total  electronic  measurement, 
increased year over year with increases in wireless manufacturing and broadband communications business partially 
offset  by  modest  declines  in  Wireless  R&D.  Wireless  manufacturing  growth  continues  to  be  driven  by  4G  base 
station investments, mainly for China.  Broadband showed solid growth impacted by demand for datacom bandwidth.  
Wireless  R&D  continues  to  be  affected  by  cautious  customer  spending  driven  by  consolidation  and  restructuring 
activities throughout the industry, across device, network equipment, chipset and component manufacturers. In 2013, 
communications  test  represented  approximately  34  percent  of  total  electronic  measurement  revenue.  Revenue 
declined year-over-year due to significantly lower wireless  manufacturing demand and  modest declines in wireless 
R&D. 

Gross Margin and Operating Margin 

The  following  table  shows  the  electronic  measurement  business's  margins,  expenses  and  income  from 

operations for 2014 versus 2013 and 2013 versus 2012. 

Total gross margin 
Operating margin 

(in millions) 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Income from operations 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014

2013

2012

55.7%
19.1%

56.9%
18.9%

56.9%
22.7%

2014 over 2013 
Change 
(1) ppt 
— 

2013 over 2012 
Change 
—
(4) ppts 

$ 
$ 
$ 

358 $
717 $
559 $

365 $
733 $
544 $

375
761
751

(2)% 
(2)% 
3% 

(3)%
(4)% 
(28)% 

Gross  margins  declined  1  percentage  point  in  2014  compared  to  2013  on  slightly  higher  revenue.    Higher 
inventory charges and an increase in three year warranty costs were the primary reasons for the lower gross margins.  
Gross margins were flat in 2013 compared to 2012 on lower revenue. A decline in variable and incentive pay and 
reduced infrastructure spending were offset by higher inventory charges and wage increases. 

 Research  and  development  expenses  declined  2 percent  in  2014  compared  to  2013.    Reductions  were  the 
result  of  lower  infrastructure  costs.    Research  and  development  expenses  declined  3 percent  in  2013  compared  to 
2012. Reductions in development spending, variable and incentive pay, and infrastructure related expenses, and the 
favorable impact of currency movements were partially offset by investments in acquisitions and wage increases. 

Selling, general  and  administrative  expenses  decreased 2  percent  in  2014  compared  to  2013.    Reductions  in 
infrastructure costs and the favorable impact of currency movements were partially offset by increases in marketing 
communications and travel.  Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 4 percent in 2013 compared to 
2012. Reductions in discretionary spending, lower variable and incentive pay, and the favorable impact of currency 
movements were partially offset by wage increases. 

 Operating margins were flat in 2014 compared to 2013 with revenue growth offset by lower gross margins.  
Operating margins declined by 4 percentage points in 2013 compared to 2012 on lower revenue partially offset by 
reduced operating expenses. 

Income from Operations 

Income from operations in 2014 increased by $15 million or 3 percent compared to 2013 on a revenue increase 
of $45 million, a 33 percent year-over-year operating margin incremental, reflecting the impact of higher revenue and 
expense reductions.  Income from operations in 2013 decreased by $207 million or 28 percent compared to 2012 on a 
revenue decrease of $427 million, a 48 percent year-over-year operating margin decrement, reflecting the net impact 
of lower revenue partially offset by expense reductions. 

19

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Condition 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Our  financial  position  as  of  October 31,  2014  consisted  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $3,028 million  as 

compared to $2,675 million as of October 31, 2013. 

As of October 31, 2014, approximately $2,397 million of our cash and cash equivalents is held outside of the 
U.S. in our foreign subsidiaries. Most of the amounts held outside of the U.S. could be repatriated to the U.S. but, 
under current law, would be subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes, less applicable foreign tax credits. Agilent 
has  accrued  for  U.S.  federal  and  state  tax  liabilities  on  the  earnings  of  its  foreign  subsidiaries  except  when  the 
earnings  are  considered  indefinitely  reinvested  outside  of  the  U.S.  Repatriation  could  result  in  additional  material 
U.S. federal and state income tax payments in future years. We utilize a variety of funding strategies in an effort to 
ensure that our worldwide cash is available in the locations in which it is needed. 

On November 1, 2014, we completed the distribution of 100% of the outstanding common shares of Keysight 
to Agilent stockholders who received one share of Keysight common stock for every two shares of Agilent held as of 
the  close  of  business  on  the  record  date,  October  22,  2014.  The  separation  agreement  provided  that  prior  to  the 
distribution,  Keysight  made  a  cash  distribution  to  Agilent  in  an  amount  equal  to  $900  million.  The  distribution  of 
such cash to Agilent was intended to be a return of capital to Agilent that ensures that Keysight had approximately 
$700 million of total cash immediately following distribution. 

On  June  21,  2012,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Dako  A/S  through  the  acquisition  of  100%  of  the  share 
capital of Dako A/S, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Denmark (“Dako”), under the share 
purchase agreement, dated May 16, 2012. As a result of the acquisition, Dako has become a wholly-owned subsidiary 
of Agilent. The consideration paid was approximately $2,143 million, $1,400 million was paid directly to the seller 
and  $743  million  was  paid  to  satisfy  the  outstanding  debt  of  Dako.    Agilent  funded  the  acquisition  using  existing 
cash. The acquisition has been accounted for in accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance and the results 
of Dako are included in Agilent's consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. 

We  believe  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  cash  generated  from  operations,  and  ability  to  access  capital 
markets and credit lines will satisfy, for at least the next twelve months, our liquidity requirements, both globally and 
domestically,  including  the  following:  working  capital  needs,  capital  expenditures,  business  acquisitions,  stock 
repurchases, cash dividends, contractual obligations, commitments, principal and interest payments on debt, and other 
liquidity requirements associated with our operations. 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $711 million in 2014 as compared to $1,152 million provided in 
2013 and $1,228 million provided in 2012. We paid approximately net taxes of $131 million in 2014, as compared to 
net $110 million in taxes in 2013 and net $86 million in 2012. Operating cash flows in 2014 were impacted by pre-
separation costs and separation related taxes, the redemption of senior notes including payments related to accrued 
interest and the timing of the purchase of shares under the employee stock purchase plan. 

In 2014, the change in accounts receivable used cash of $119 million, provided cash of $14 million in 2013 
and provided cash of $19 million in 2012. Days' sales outstanding were 49 days in 2014, 47 days in 2013 and 47 days 
in 2012. The change in accounts payable provided cash of $50 million in 2014, used cash of $27 million in 2013 and 
used  cash  of  $31  million  in  2012.  Cash  used  in  inventory  was  $99 million  in  2014,  $100 million  in  2013  and  $52 
million in 2012. Inventory days on-hand decreased to 106 days in 2014 compared to 118 days in 2013 and 108 days 
in 2012. 

We contributed $30 million to our U.S. defined benefit plans in each of 2014, 2013 and 2012. We contributed 
$68 million, $89 million and $54 million to our non-U.S. defined benefit plans in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 
We contributed $1 million to our U.S. post-retirement benefit plans in 2014 and 2013, we did not contribute to our 
U.S.  post-retirement  benefit  plans  in  2012.  Our  non-U.S.  defined  benefit  plans  are  generally  funded  ratably 
throughout the year.  Total contributions in 2014 were $103 million or 14 percent less than 2013. Total contributions 
in  2013  were  $120  million  or  43  percent  more  than  2012.  Our  annual  contributions  are  highly  dependent  on  the 
relative  performance  of  our  assets  versus  our  projected  liabilities,  among  other  factors.  We  expect  to  contribute 

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
approximately $41 million to our U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit plans and zero to our U.S. post-retirement benefit 
plans during 2015. 

Net Cash Provided by/Used in Investing Activities 

Net cash used in investing activities in 2014 was $230 million and in 2013 was $248 million as compared to 

net cash used of $2,366 million in 2012 primarily due to the acquisition of Dako. 

Investments  in  property,  plant  and  equipment  were  $205 million  in  2014,  $195 million  in  2013  and  $194 
million in 2012. Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment were $14 million in 2014, $2 million in 2013 
and zero in 2012. In 2014 we invested $13 million in acquisitions of businesses compared to $21 million in 2013 in 
acquisitions of businesses and intangible assets compared to $2,257 million in 2012. In 2014, there were $25 million 
of  purchases  of  equity  method  investments  including  a  $3.5  million  loan  converted  to  equity  compared  with  $46 
million of purchases of investments including $21 million for equity method investments in 2013. Proceeds from the 
sale of investment securities in 2014 were $1 million, $12 million in 2013 and $5 million in 2012. 

On April 30, 2014, Agilent entered into a binding sales contract with real estate developers to sell land in the 
U.K. The contract calls for proportionate transfers and payments of three separate land tracts totaling approximately 
$34 million in May 2014, November 2015 and November 2016. Under the authoritative accounting guidance the full 
accrual  method  will  be  used  to  account  for  these  transactions  and  gains  on  the  sales  recognized  at  each  sale  and 
payment date. In the year ended October 31, 2014 we recognized $11 million gain on sale of land in respect of the 
first  of  three  land  tracts  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.  The  property  transfers  to  Keysight  at 
distribution and the two remaining future payments in November 2015 and November 2016 from the developers will 
become due to and collected by Keysight. 

Net Cash Provided by/Used in Financing Activities 

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  in  2014  was  $97  million  compared  to  $554  million  in  2013  and 

$37 million in 2012, respectively. 

Treasury stock repurchases 

On  January 16,  2013,  our  board  of  directors  approved  a  share-repurchase    program  (the  "2013  repurchase 
program").  The  2013  repurchase  program  authorized  the  use  of  up  to  $500  million  to  repurchase  shares  of  the 
company's common stock in open market transactions.  On May 14, 2013, we announced that our board of directors 
authorized an increase of $500 million to the 2013 repurchase program bringing the cumulative authorization to $1 
billion. As of October 31, 2014, there were no remaining amounts to be repurchased under the 2013 program. 

On  November  22,  2013  we  announced  that  our  board  of  directors  had  authorized  a  new  share  repurchase 
program effective upon the conclusion of the company's $1 billion repurchase program. The new program is designed 
to  reduce  or  eliminate  dilution  resulting  from  issuance  of  stock  under  the  company's  employee  equity  incentive 
programs to target maintaining a weighted average share count of approximately 335 million diluted shares. 

For the year ended October 31, 2014, we repurchased 4 million shares for $200 million. For the year ended 
October  31,  2013,  we  repurchased  20  million  shares  for  $900  million.    For  the  year  ended  October  31,  2012,  we 
repurchased  5  million  shares  for  $172  million.  All  such  shares  and  related  costs  are  held  as  treasury  stock  and 
accounted for using the cost method. 

Dividends 

 During the year ended October 31, 2014, cash dividends of $0.528 per share, or $176 million were declared 
and paid on the company's outstanding common stock. During the year ended October 31, 2013, cash dividends of 
$0.46  per  share,  or  $156  million  were  declared  and  paid  on  the  company's  outstanding  common  stock.  During  the 
year  ended  October 31,  2012,  cash  dividends  of  $0.30  per  share,  or  $104  million  were  declared  and  paid  on  the 
company's outstanding common stock. On November 20, 2014, we declared a quarterly dividend of $0.10 per share 
of common stock, or approximately $34 million which will be paid on January 28, 2015 to shareholders of record as 
of  the  close  of  business  on  January  6,  2015.  The  timing  and  amounts  of  any  future  dividends  are  subject  to 

21

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
determination and approval by our board of directors. 

Credit Facility 

On September 15, 2014, Agilent entered into a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for 
a  $400  million  five-year  unsecured  credit  facility  (the  “Agilent  Facility”)  that  will  expire  on  September  15,  2019.  
The  Agilent  Facility  replaced  the  previous  credit  facility  (“old  credit  facility”)  and  provides  for  amounts  to  be 
borrowed for general corporate purposes. For the year ended October 31, 2014, we borrowed $50 million under the 
old  credit  facility  and  repaid  $50  million  by  October  31,  2014.  As  of  October 31,  2014  the  company  has  no 
borrowings outstanding under the Agilent facility. We were in compliance with the covenants for the credit facilities 
during the year ended October 31, 2014. 

On September 15, 2014, Keysight, a wholly owned subsidiary of Agilent, entered into a credit agreement with 
a financial institution which provides for a $300 million five-year unsecured credit facility (the “Keysight Facility”) 
that will expire on November 1, 2019 and provides for amounts to be borrowed for general corporate purposes. The 
credit agreement was initially guaranteed by Agilent. The guarantee terminated upon the completion of the separation 
of Keysight from Agilent on November 1, 2014. As of October 31, 2014 the company has no borrowings outstanding 
under the Keysight facility. We were in compliance with the covenants for the credit facility during the year ended 
October 31, 2014. 

As a result of the Dako acquisition, we have a credit facility in Danish Krone equivalent of $9 million with a 

Danish financial institution.  As of October 31, 2014 the company had no borrowings outstanding under the facility. 

Short-term Loan 

On July 10, 2014, a wholly owned subsidiary of Agilent in India entered into a short-term loan agreement with 
a financial institution, which provides up to $50 million of unsecured borrowings. On July 25, 2014, we borrowed 
$35 million against the loan agreement at an interest rate of 9.95 percent per annum. The loan was repaid during the 
year and as of October 31, 2014, no balance was outstanding against this credit facility. 

Long-term debt 

On July 14, 2014, we settled the redemption of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of our 5.5% senior 
notes  (“2015  senior  notes”)  due  September  14,  2015,  that  had  been  called  for  redemption  on  June  12,  2014.  The 
redemption  price  of  approximately  $528  million  included  the  $500  million  principal  amount  and  a  $28  million 
prepayment penalty. The prepayment penalty less full amortization of previously deferred interest rate swap gain of 
approximately $8 million together with $1 million of amortization of debt issuance costs and discount was disclosed 
in other income (expense), net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The amortization of the interest 
rate  swap  gain  has  been  recognized  as  an  adjustment  to  reconcile  net  income  to  net  cash  provided  by  operating 
activities  in  the  condensed  consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows.  We  also  paid  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  of  $9 
million on the 2015 senior notes up to but not including the redemption date. 

In October 2007,  the  company  issued  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of $600  million  in  senior notes ("2017 
senior  notes").  The  2017  senior  notes  were  issued  at  99.60%  of  their  principal  amount.  The  notes  will  mature  on 
November 1, 2017,  and bear interest  at  a fixed  rate of 6.50% per  annum.  The  interest  is  payable  semi-annually  on 
May 1st and November 1st of each year and payments commenced on May 1, 2008. 

On November 25, 2008, we terminated two interest rate swap contracts associated with our 2017 senior notes 
that represented the notional amount of $400 million. The asset value, including interest receivable, upon termination 
was approximately $43 million and the amount to be amortized at October 31, 2014 was $3 million. The gain is being 
deferred and amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the 2017 senior notes. 

On  October  20,  2014,  we  settled  the  redemption  of  $500  million  of  the  $600  million  outstanding  aggregate 
principal  amount  of  our  6.5%  senior  notes  ("2017  senior  notes")  due  November  1,  2017  that  had  been  called  for 
redemption  on  September  19,  2014.  The  redemption  price  of  approximately  $580  million  included  a  $80  million 
prepayment  penalty  computed  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  2017  senior  notes  as  the  present  value  of  the 
remaining  scheduled  payments  of  principal  and  unpaid  interest  related  to  $500  million  partial  redemption.    The 

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
prepayment  penalty  less  partial  amortization  of  previously  deferred  interest  rate  swap  gain  of  approximately  $14 
million together with $2 million of amortization of debt issuance costs and discount was disclosed in other income 
(expense), net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. We also paid accrued and unpaid interest of $15 
million on the 2017 senior notes up to but not including the redemption date. 

In July 2010, the company issued an aggregate principal amount of $500 million in senior notes ("2020 senior 
notes"). The 2020 senior notes were issued at 99.54% of their principal amount. The notes will mature on July 15, 
2020, and bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.00% per annum. The interest is payable semi-annually on January 15th and 
July 15th of each year, payments commenced on January 15, 2011. 

On  August  9,  2011,  we  terminated  our  interest  rate  swap  contracts  related  to  our  2020  senior  notes  that 
represented the notional amount of $500 million. The asset value, including interest receivable, upon termination for 
these contracts was approximately $34 million and the amount to be amortized at October 31, 2014 was $22 million. 
The gain is being deferred and amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the 2020 senior notes. 

In September 2012, the company issued an aggregate principal amount of $400 million in senior notes ("2022 
senior notes"). The senior notes were issued at 99.80% of their principal amount. The notes will mature on October 1, 
2022, and bear interest at a fixed rate of 3.20% per annum. The interest is payable semi-annually on April 1st and 
October 1st of each year, payments commenced on April 1, 2013. 

In June 2013, the company issued aggregate principal amount of $600 million in senior notes ("2023 senior 
notes"). The 2023 senior notes were issued at 99.544% of their principal amount. The notes will mature on July 15, 
2023 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 3.875% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually on January 15th and 
July 15th of each year and payments commenced January 15, 2014. 

 On  October  6,  2014  Keysight  announced  that  it  had  agreed  to  sell  $500  million  of  3.30%  senior  notes  due 
2019 ("2019 senior notes") and $600 million of 4.55% senior notes due 2024 ("2024 senior notes"). The transaction 
closed on October 15, 2014. Each series of notes initially were guaranteed on an unsecured, unsubordinated basis by 
Agilent. The guarantees terminated upon the completion of the separation of Keysight from Agilent on November 1, 
2014. 

As of October 31, 2014, and as a result of the Dako acquisition, we have mortgage debts, secured on buildings 
in  Denmark,  in  Danish  Krone  equivalent  of  $42  million  aggregate  principal  outstanding  with  a  Danish  financial 
institution. The loans have a variable interest rate based on 3 months Copenhagen Interbank Rate ("Cibor") and will 
mature on September 30, 2027. Interest payments are made in March, June, September and December of each year. 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements and Other 

We  have  contractual  commitments  for  non-cancelable  operating  leases.  See  Note 17  "Commitments  and 
Contingencies",  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further  information  on  our  non-cancelable  operating 
leases. 

Our  liquidity  is  affected  by  many  factors,  some  of  which  are  based  on  normal  ongoing  operations  of  our 
business and some of which arise from fluctuations related to global economics and markets. Our cash balances are 
generated and held in many locations throughout the world. Local government regulations may restrict our ability to 
move cash balances to meet cash needs under certain circumstances. We do not currently expect such regulations and 
restrictions to impact our ability to pay vendors and conduct operations throughout our global organization. 

Contractual Commitments 

Our cash flows from operations are dependent on a number of factors, including fluctuations in our operating 
results, accounts receivable collections, inventory management, and the timing of tax and other payments. As a result, 
the impact of contractual obligations on our liquidity and capital resources in future periods should be analyzed in 
conjunction with such factors. 

23

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  our  total contractual  obligations  at October 31, 2014 for  Agilent  operations 

and excludes amounts recorded in our consolidated balance sheet (in millions): 

Less than one 
year 

One to three years 

Three to five years 

Operating leases 
Commitments to contract 
manufacturers and suppliers
Other purchase commitments 
Retirement plans 

Total 

$ 

$ 

57 $

782
127
87
1,053 $

81 $

8
—
—
89 $

  More than five years
33

35    $ 

—
—   
—   
35    $ 

—
—
—
33

We  expect  that  with  the  separation  of  Keysight  from  Agilent  on  November  1,  2014  that  operating  lease 
payments will be reduced by approximately $52 million in total for the periods presented. We also expect the transfer 
of  approximately  one  quarter  of  the  commitments  to  contract  manufacturers  and  suppliers  and  other  purchase 
commitments  to  Keysight  at  separation.  In  addition,    our  commitments  under  the  retirement  plans  are  expected  to 
reduce by approximately $46 million with separation of Keysight. We do not expect a material adverse change in the 
effect these arrangements and obligations will have on our liquidity. 

Operating leases.    Commitments under operating leases relate primarily to leasehold property, see Note 17, 

"Commitments and Contingencies". 

Commitments to contract manufacturers and suppliers.    We purchase components from a variety of suppliers 
and use several contract manufacturers to provide manufacturing services for our products. During the normal course 
of business, we issue purchase orders with estimates of our requirements several months ahead of the delivery dates. 
However,  our  agreements  with  these  suppliers  usually  provide  us  the  option  to  cancel,  reschedule,  and  adjust  our 
requirements based on our business needs prior to firm orders being placed. Typically purchase orders outstanding 
with  delivery  dates  within  30 days  are  non-cancelable.  Therefore,  only  approximately  53 percent  of  our  reported 
purchase commitments arising from these agreements are firm, non-cancelable, and unconditional commitments. We 
expect to fulfill most of our purchase commitments for inventory within one year. 

In addition to the above mentioned commitments to contract manufacturers and suppliers, we record a liability 
for  firm,  non-cancelable  and  unconditional  purchase  commitments  for  quantities  in  excess  of  our  future  demand 
forecasts consistent with our policy relating to excess inventory. As of October 31, 2014, the liability for our firm, 
non-cancelable and unconditional purchase commitments was $15 million, compared to $5 million as of October 31, 
2013  and  2012.  These  amounts  are  included  in  other  accrued  liabilities  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheet.  The 
increase when compared to the previous year was largely due to the previous commitment undertaken with suppliers 
to the NMR business which we are exiting. 

Other purchase commitments.    We have categorized "other purchase commitments" related to contracts with 
professional services suppliers. Typically we can cancel these contracts within 90 days without penalties. For those 
contracts that are not cancelable within 90 days without penalties, we are disclosing the amounts we are obligated to 
pay to a supplier under each contract in that period before such contract can be cancelled. Our contractual obligations 
with these suppliers under "other purchase commitments" were approximately $127 million within the next year. The 
increase in other purchase commitments compared with a year ago is partially due to additional contracts associated 
with  our  pre-separation  costs  and  the  duplication  of  a  number  of  contracts  related  to  the  separation  activities  of 
Keysight. 

Retirement  Plans.    Commitments  under  the  retirement  plans  relate  to  expected  contributions  to  be  made  to 
our  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  defined  benefit  plans  and  to  our  post-retirement  medical  plans  for  the  next  year  only. 
Contributions after next year are impractical to estimate. 

We had no material off-balance sheet arrangements as of October 31, 2014 or October 31, 2013. 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On Balance Sheet Arrangements 

The following table summarizes our total contractual obligations at October 31, 2014 related to our long-term 

debt and interest expense (in millions): 

Less than one 
year 

One to three years 

Three to five years 

Senior notes 
Other debt 
Interest expense 
Total 

$ 

$ 

— $
—
114
114 $

— $
—
227
227 $

  More than five years 
2,100
42
298
2,440

600    $ 
—   
210   
810    $ 

In connection with the separation of Keysight from Agilent on November 1, 2014, our obligations for long-
term  debt  are  expected  to  decrease  by  $1,100  million  and  interest  payments  are  expected  to  decrease  by 
approximately $359 million. 

Other long-term liabilities include $289 million and $341 million of liabilities for uncertain tax positions as of 
October 31, 2014 and October 31, 2013, respectively. We are unable to accurately predict when these amounts will 
be realized or released. However, it is reasonably possible that there could be significant changes to our unrecognized 
tax benefits in the next twelve months due to either the expiration of a statute of limitations or a tax audit settlement. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in our sales commitments, anticipated sales, 
and assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our subsidiaries. We hedge 
future  cash  flows  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  functional  currency  using  sales  forecasts  up  to  twelve 
months in advance. Our exposure to exchange rate risks is managed on an enterprise-wide basis. This strategy utilizes 
derivative financial instruments, including option and forward contracts, to hedge certain foreign currency exposures 
with  the  intent  of  offsetting  gains  and  losses  that  occur  on  the  underlying  exposures  with  gains  and  losses  on  the 
derivative contracts hedging them. We do not currently and do not intend to utilize derivative financial instruments 
for speculative trading purposes. 

Our operations generate non-functional currency cash flows such as revenues, third party vendor payments and 
inter-company payments. In anticipation of these foreign currency cash flows and in view of volatility of the currency 
market,  we  enter  into  such  foreign  exchange  contracts  as  are  described  above  to  manage  our  currency  risk. 
Approximately  61 percent  of  our  revenues  in  2014,  63 percent  of  our  revenues  in  2013  and  63 percent  of  our 
revenues in 2012 were generated in U.S. dollars. 

We  performed  a  sensitivity  analysis  assuming  a  hypothetical  10 percent  adverse  movement  in  foreign 
exchange rates to the hedging contracts and the underlying exposures described above. As of October 31, 2014 and 
2013,  the  analysis  indicated  that  these  hypothetical  market  movements  would  not  have  a  material  effect  on  our 
consolidated financial position, results of operations, statement of comprehensive income or cash flows. 

We are also exposed to interest rate risk due to the mismatch between the interest expense we pay on our loans 
at  fixed  rates  and  the  variable  rates  of  interest  we  receive  from  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  other  short-term 
investments. We have issued long-term debt in U.S. dollars or foreign currencies at fixed interest rates based on the 
market  conditions  at  the  time  of  financing.  We believe  that  the  fair  value  of  our fixed rate  debt  changes  when  the 
underlying market rates of interest change, and we may use interest rate swaps to modify such market risk. 

We  performed  a  sensitivity  analysis  assuming  a  hypothetical  10 percent  adverse  movement  in  interest  rates 
relating to the underlying fair value of our fixed rate debt. As of October 31, 2014 and 2013, the sensitivity analyses 
indicated that a hypothetical 10 percent adverse movement in interest rates would result in an immaterial impact to 
the fair value of our fixed interest rate debt. 

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Agilent Technologies, Inc.: 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, 
comprehensive income, cash flows, and equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Agilent 
Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries at October 31, 2014 and October 31, 2013, and the results of their operations 
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all 
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2014, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for 
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal 
control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over 
Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's 
internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with 
the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we 
plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  
Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial 
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a 
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on November 1, 2014, the Company distributed all of 
the outstanding shares of Keysight Technologies, Inc., which encompasses the Company’s electronic measurement 
business, to the Company’s shareholders. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those 
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly 
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that 
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance 
with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have 
a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. 

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP 

San Jose, California 
December 22, 2014 

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 

Net revenue: 
Products 
Services and other 
Total net revenue 
Costs and expenses: 
Cost of products 
Cost of services and other 
Total costs 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Total costs and expenses 

Income from operations 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Other income (expense), net 
Income before taxes 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes 
Net income 
Net income per share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Weighted average shares used in computing net income per share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Cash dividends declared per common share 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

(in millions, except per 
share data) 

5,686 $
1,295
6,981

2,673
715
3,388
719
2,043
6,150
831
9
(113)
(81)
646
142
504 $

1.51 $
1.49 $

333
338

5,534     $ 
1,248   
6,782   

2,576   
671   
3,247   
704   
1,880   
5,831   
951   
7   
(107)  
8   
859   
135   
724     $ 

2.12     $ 
2.10     $ 

341   
345   

0.528 $

0.46     $ 

5,659
1,199
6,858

2,608
646
3,254
668
1,817
5,739
1,119
9
(101)
16
1,043
(110)
1,153

3.31
3.27

348
353

0.30

$

$

$
$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME    
(in millions) 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income (loss): 
Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax (expense) benefit of $(1), $(2) and $8 
Amounts reclassified into earnings related to investments, net of tax of $0, $0 and $0 
Gain on derivative instruments, net of tax (expense) of $(5), $(2) and $(3) 
Amounts reclassified into earnings related to derivative instruments, net of tax benefit 
of $0, $3 and $2 
Foreign currency translation, net of tax benefit of $8, $8 and $0 
Net defined benefit pension cost and post retirement plan costs: 
Change in actuarial net loss, net of tax (expense) benefit of $65, $(114), and $61 
Change in net prior service benefit, net of tax benefit of $16, $16, and $17 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Total comprehensive income 

Years  Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$

504     $ 

724    $

1,153

11   
(1)  
8   

1
(269)  

(143)  
(32)  
(425)  

$

79     $ 

7   
—   
8   

(10)  
1   

228   
(32)  
202   
926    $

6
—
7

(6)
(28)

(175)
(31)
(227)
926

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements. 

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
     
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 

ASSETS 

Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventory 
Other current assets 

Total current assets 

Property, plant and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets, net 
Long-term investments 
Other assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Current liabilities: 
Accounts payable 
Employee compensation and benefits 
Deferred revenue 
Other accrued liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt 
Retirement and post-retirement benefits 
Other long-term liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17) 
Total equity: 

Stockholders' equity: 

Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; 125 million shares authorized; none issued and 
outstanding 
Common stock; $0.01 par value; 2 billion shares authorized; 608 million shares 
at October 31, 2014 and 602 million shares at October 31, 2013 issued
Treasury stock at cost; 273 million shares at October 31, 2014 and 269 million 
shares at October 31, 2013 
Additional paid-in-capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

Total stockholders' equity 
Non-controlling interest 
Total equity 
Total liabilities and equity 

October 31, 

2014 

2013

(in millions, except 
par value and 
share data) 

3,028     $ 
983   
1,072   
417   
5,500   
1,101   
2,899   
667   
159   
505   
10,831     $ 

475     $ 
395   
435   
397   
1,702   
2,762   
422   
644   
5,530   

—

6

(9,807)  
8,967   
6,466   
(334)  
5,298   
3   
5,301   
10,831     $ 

2,675
899
1,066
343
4,983
1,134
3,047
916
139
467
10,686

432
401
439
330
1,602
2,699
294
802
5,397

—

6

(9,607)
8,723
6,073
91
5,286
3
5,289
10,686

$

$

$

$

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
     
 
     
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Accelerated amortization of interest rate swap gain (due to early redemption of debt) 
Share-based compensation 
Excess tax benefit from share-based plans 
Deferred taxes 
Excess and obsolete inventory and inventory related charges 
Non-cash restructuring and asset impairment charges 
Net gain on sale of investments 
Net (gain) loss on sale of assets and divestitures 
Other 
Changes in assets and liabilities: 
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventory 
Accounts payable 
Employee compensation and benefits 
Other assets and liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Investments in property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from lease receivable 
Proceeds from the sale of investment securities 
Proceeds from divestitures 
Payment to acquire equity method investment 
Purchase of other investments 
Change in restricted cash, cash equivalents and investments, net 
Acquisitions of businesses and intangible assets, net of cash acquired 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans 
Treasury stock repurchases 
Payment of dividends 
Issuance of senior notes 
Debt issuance costs 
Repayment of senior notes 
Purchase of non-controlling interest 
Proceeds from debts and credit facility 
Repayment of debts and credit facility 
Excess tax benefit from share-based plans 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate movements 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012

(in millions)

$

504    $ 

724 $

1,153

384   
(22)  
96   
(1)  
(132)  
79   
23   
(1)  
(10)  
10   

(119)  
(99)  
50   
9   
(60)  
711   

(205)  
14   
—   
1   
2   
(25)  
—   
(4)  
(13)  
(230)  

372
—
85
(2)
31
48
3
(1)
3
3

14
(100)
(27)
16
(17)
1,152

(195)
2
—
12
—
(21)
(25)
—
(21)
(248)

188   
(200)  
(176)  
1,099   
(9)  
(1,000)  
—   
87   
(87)  
1   
(97)  
(31)  
353   
2,675   
3,028    $ 

161
(900)
(156)
597
(5)
(250)
(3)
—
—
2
(554)
(26)
324
2,351
2,675 $

$

301
—
74
—
(158)
30
1
(4)
2
5

19
(52)
(31)
(54)
(58)
1,228

(194)
—
80
5
—
—
—
—
(2,257)
(2,366)

100
(172)
(104)
399
(3)
(250)
(6)
—
(1)
—
(37)
(1)
(1,176)
3,527
2,351

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

30

 
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
-
n
o
N

l
a
t
o
T

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

r
e
h
t
O

l
a
t
o
T

y
t
i
u
q
E

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
C

'
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E

)
s
s
o
L

(
/
e
m
o
c
n
I

d
e
n
i
a
t
e
R

s
g
n
i
n
r
a
E

k
c
o
t
S
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C

y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

t
a
k
c
o
t
S

t
s
o
C

r
e
b
m
u
N

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

f
o

s
e
r
a
h
S

n
i
-
d
i
a
P

l
a
t
i
p
a
C

r
a
P

e
u
l
a
V

r
e
b
m
u
N

f
o

s
e
r
a
h
S

)
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t
n
i

s
e
r
a
h
s

f
o
r
e
b
m
u
n
t
p
e
c
x
e

,
s
n
o
i
l
l
i

m
n
i
(

.

C
N
I

,

S
E
I
G
O
L
O
N
H
C
E
T
T
N
E
L
I
G
A

Y
T
I
U
Q
E
F
O
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
S
N
O
C

6
1
3
,
4

$

8

$

8
0
3
,
4

$

6
1
1

$

6
5
4
,
4

$

)
5
3
5
,
8
(

$

)
6
8
2
,
4
4
2
(

5
6
2
,
8

$

6

$

8
6
6
,
0
9
5

1
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
o
t
c
O

f
o

s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

)
7
2
2
(

6
2
9

)
4
0
1
(

)
5
(

4
8

)
2
7
1
(

6
6

4
7

3
5
1
,
1

5
8
1
,
5

$

4
2
7

2
0
2

6
2
9

)
6
5
1
(

2

—

7
4
1

5
8

)
0
0
9
(

9
8
2
,
5

$

4
0
5

)
5
2
4
(

9
7

)
6
7
1
(

5
6

0
7
1

)
3
2
(

1

6
9

)
0
0
2
(

1
0
3
,
5

$

—

—

)
5
(

—

—

—

—

—

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3

)
7
2
2
(

6
2
9

)
4
0
1
(

3
5
1
,
1

—

4
8

)
2
7
1
(

6
6

4
7

—

)
7
2
2
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3
5
1
,
1

)
4
0
1
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
2
7
1
(

)
0
0
5
,
4
(

—

—

—

—

4
8

—

6
6

4
7

$

2
8
1
,
5

$

)
1
1
1
(

$

5
0
5
,
5

$

)
7
0
7
,
8
(

$

)
6
8
7
,
8
4
2
(

9
8
4
,
8

$

4
2
7

2
0
2

6
2
9

)
6
5
1
(

2

—

7
4
1

5
8

)
0
0
9
(

$

6
8
2
,
5

$

4
0
5

)
5
2
4
(

9
7

)
6
7
1
(

5
6

0
7
1

)
3
2
(

1

6
9

)
0
0
2
(

—

2
0
2

—

—

—

—

—

—

1
9

—

)
5
2
4
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4
2
7

)
6
5
1
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
0
0
9
(

—

)
4
4
5
,
0
2
(

—

—

—

—

2

—

5
8

7
4
1

$

3
7
0
,
6

$

)
7
0
6
,
9
(

$

)
0
3
3
,
9
6
2
(

3
2
7
,
8

$

—

4
0
5

)
6
7
1
(

5
6

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
0
0
2
(

—

)
4
9
5
,
3
(

—

—

—

—

0
7
1

)
3
2
(

1

—

6
9

$

8
9
2
,
5

$

)
4
3
3
(

$

6
6
4
,
6

$

)
7
0
8
,
9
(

$

)
4
2
9
,
2
7
2
(

7
6
9
,
8

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1
9
5
,
4

$

9
5
2
,
5
9
5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0
7
3
,
6

$

9
2
6
,
1
0
6

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1
6
2
,
6

$

0
9
8
,
7
0
6

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
d
r
a
w
a
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
s
m
o
r
f
d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r

s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
x
a
t

s
s
e
c
x
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C

:
x
a
t

f
o
t
e
n

,
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

f
o

s
t
n
e
n
o
p
m
o
C

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l
a
t
o
T

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

)
e
r
a
h
s
n
o
m
m
o
c

r
e
p

0
3
.
0
$
(

d
e
r
a
l
c
e
d

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
h
s
a
C

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
n
i

e
g
n
a
h
C

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

f
o
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
R

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
d
r
a
w
a
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
a
h
s
m
o
r
f
d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r

s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b

x
a
t

s
s
e
c
x
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
o
t

t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
A

"
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
C
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S
"

,
4
e
t
o
N
e
e
s

,
d
e
u
s
s
i

s
d
r
a
w
a

,
5
e
t
o
N
e
e
s

,
8
4
.
o
N
N
I
F
f
o
n
o
i
t
a
c
i
l
p
p
a

l
a
i
t
i
n
i

t
c
e
r
r
o
c
o
t

t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
A

)
e
r
a
h
s
n
o
m
m
o
c

r
e
p

8
2
5
.
0
$
(

d
e
r
a
l
c
e
d

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
h
s
a
C

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
d
r
a
w
a
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

"
s
e
x
a
T
e
m
o
c
n
I
"

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
d
r
a
w
a

d
e
s
a
b

e
r
a
h
s
m
o
r
f

t
i
f
e
n
e
b
x
a
T

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

f
o
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

4
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
o
t
c
O

f
o

s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

:
x
a
t

f
o

t
e
n
,
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

f
o

s
t
n
e
n
o
p
m
o
C

2
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
o
t
c
O

f
o

s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l
a
t
o
T

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

)
e
r
a
h
s
n
o
m
m
o
c

r
e
p

6
4
.
0
$
(

d
e
r
a
l
c
e
d

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
h
s
a
C

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
d
r
a
w
a

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
s
m
o
r
f

s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
x
a
T

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
n
i

e
g
n
a
h
C

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
d
r
a
w
a
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

31

:
x
a
t

f
o

t
e
n
,
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

f
o

s
t
n
e
n
o
p
m
o
C

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l
a
t
o
T

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

f
o
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

3
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
o
t
c
O

f
o

s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
f

d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
c

e
s
e
h
t

f
o

t
r
a
p
l
a
r
g
e
t
n
i

n
a

e
r
a

s
e
t
o
n
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a

e
h
T

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. OVERVIEW AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Overview.    Agilent Technologies, Inc. ("we", "Agilent" or the "company"), incorporated in Delaware in 
May 1999, is a measurement company, providing core bio-analytical and electronic measurement solutions to the 
life sciences, diagnostics and genomics, chemical analysis, communications and electronics industries. 

Agilent Separation.  On September 19, 2013, Agilent announced plans to separate into two publicly traded 
companies, one comprising of the life sciences, diagnostics and chemical analysis businesses that will retain the 
Agilent  name,  and  the  other  one  that  will  be  comprised  of  the  electronic  measurement  business  that  will  be 
renamed Keysight Technologies, Inc. (“Keysight”). Keysight was incorporated in Delaware as a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of Agilent on December 6, 2013. On November 1, 2014, we completed the distribution of 100% of the 
outstanding common shares of Keysight to Agilent stockholders who received one share of Keysight common 
stock for every two shares of Agilent held as of the close of business on the record date, October 22, 2014. The 
historical results of operations and the financial position of Keysight are included in the consolidated financial 
statements of Agilent and will be reported as discontinued operations beginning in the first quarter of 2015. 

Acquisition  of  Dako  A/S.    On  June 21,  2012,  we  completed  our  acquisition  of  Dako  A/S  through  the 
acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Dako A/S, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of 
Denmark  (“Dako”),  under  the  share  purchase  agreement,  dated  May 16,  2012.  As  a  result  of  the  acquisition, 
Dako became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Agilent. The consideration paid was approximately $2,143 million, 
of which $1,400 million was paid directly to the seller and $743 million was paid to satisfy the outstanding debt 
of  Dako.  Agilent  funded  the  acquisition  using  existing  cash.  The  acquisition  has  been  accounted  for  in 
accordance  with  the  authoritative  accounting  guidance  and  the  results  of  Dako  are  included  in  Agilent's 
consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. For additional details related to the acquisition of 
Dako, see Note 3, "Acquisitions". 

Exit of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Business. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014, we made the 
decision to cease the manufacture and sale of our nuclear magnetic resonance (“NMR”) product line within our 
life  sciences  and  diagnostics  segment.  In  connection  with  the  exit  from  this  business,  we  have  recorded 
approximately $68 million in restructuring and other related costs. For additional details related to the exit of the 
NMR business see Note 14, "Restructuring and Exit of a Business". 

Basis of presentation.   The accompanying financial data has been prepared by us pursuant to the rules and 
regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and is in conformity with U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). Our fiscal year end is October 31. Unless otherwise stated, all years 
and dates refer to our fiscal year. 

We  previously  recorded  certain  transaction  tax  receivables  and  payables  on  a  gross  basis  within  other 
current assets and other accrued liabilities, respectively, even though those balances were subject to the right of 
offset. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014, we began recording transaction tax receivables and payables 
on a net basis to reflect this right of offset. If we had implemented previously, this change would have resulted in 
a reduction of other current assets and other accrued liabilities of $50 million from  the amounts shown in our 
October 31, 2013 balance sheet. This correction had no impact on net income, cash flows or equity and is not 
considered material to our consolidated balance sheet. 

Principles of consolidation.    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the company 
and our wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have 
been eliminated. 

Use  of  estimates.    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial 
statements and accompanying notes. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other 
assumptions believed to be reasonable. Although these estimates are based on management's best knowledge of 
current events and actions that may impact the company in the future, actual results may be different from the 
estimates.  Our  critical  accounting  policies  are  those  that  affect  our  financial  statements  materially  and  involve 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. Those policies are revenue recognition, valuation of 
goodwill  and  purchased  intangible  assets,  inventory  valuation,  share-based  compensation,  retirement  and  post-
retirement plan assumptions, restructuring and accounting for income taxes. 

Revenue recognition.    We enter into agreements to sell products (hardware and/or software), services and 
other  arrangements  (multiple  element  arrangements)  that  include  combinations  of  products  and  services.    We 
recognize  revenue,  net  of  trade  discounts  and  allowances,  provided  that  (1) persuasive  evidence  of  an 
arrangement  exists,  (2) delivery  has  occurred,  (3)  the  price  is  fixed  or  determinable  and  (4) collectability  is 
reasonably assured. Delivery is considered to have occurred when title  and risk of loss have transferred to the 
customer, for products, or when the service has been provided. We consider the price to be fixed or determinable 
when the price is not subject to refund or adjustments. We consider arrangements with extended payment terms 
not to be fixed or determinable, and accordingly we defer revenue until amounts become due. At the time of the 
transaction,  we  evaluate  the  creditworthiness  of  our  customers  to  determine  the  appropriate  timing  of  revenue 
recognition. 

Product revenue.    Our product revenue is generated predominantly from the sales of various types of test 
equipment. Product revenue, including sales to resellers and distributors, is reduced for estimated returns, when 
appropriate. For sales or arrangements that include customer-specified acceptance criteria, including those where 
acceptance is required upon achievement of performance milestones, revenue is recognized after the acceptance 
criteria have been met. For products that include installation, if the installation meets the criteria to be considered 
a  separate  element,  product  revenue  is  recognized  upon  delivery,  and  recognition  of  installation  revenue  is 
delayed  until  the  installation  is  complete.  Otherwise,  neither  the  product  nor  the  installation  revenue  is 
recognized until the installation is complete. 

Where software is licensed separately, revenue is recognized when the software is delivered and has been 
transferred to the customer or, in the case of electronic delivery of software, when the customer is given access to 
the licensed software programs. 

We  also  evaluate  whether  collection  of  the  receivable  is  probable,  the  fee  is  fixed  or  determinable  and 
whether any other undelivered elements of the arrangement exist on which a portion of the total fee would be 
allocated based on vendor-specific objective evidence. 

Service  revenue.    Revenue  from  services  includes  extended  warranty,  customer  and  software  support, 
consulting, training and education. Service revenue is deferred and recognized over the contractual period or as 
services  are  rendered  and  accepted  by  the  customer.  For  example,  customer  support  contracts  are  recognized 
ratably  over  the  contractual  period,  while  training  revenue  is  recognized  as  the  training  is  provided  to  the 
customer. In addition the four revenue recognition criteria described above must be met before service revenue is 
recognized. 

Revenue Recognition for Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.    Our multiple-element arrangements 
are  generally  comprised  of  a  combination  of  measurement  instruments,  installation  or  other  start-up  services, 
and/or software and/or support or services. Hardware and software elements are typically delivered at the same 
time  and  revenue  is  recognized  upon  delivery  once  title  and  risk  of  loss  pass  to  the  customer.  Delivery  of 
installation, start-up services and other services varies based on the complexity of the equipment, staffing levels 
in  a  geographic  location  and  customer  preferences,  and  can  range  from  a  few  days  to  a  few  months.  Service 
revenue is deferred and recognized over the contractual period or as services are rendered and accepted by the 
customer.  Revenue  from  the  sale  of  software  products  that  are  not  required  to  deliver  the  tangible  product's 
essential functionality are accounted for under software revenue recognition rules which require vendor specific 
objective  evidence  ("VSOE")  of  fair  value  to  allocate  revenue  in  a  multiple  element  arrangement.  Our 
arrangements  generally  do  not  include  any  provisions  for  cancellation,  termination,  or  refunds  that  would 
significantly impact recognized revenue. 

We  have  evaluated  the  deliverables  in  our  multiple-element  arrangements  and  concluded  that  they  are 
separate units of accounting if the delivered item or items have value to the customer on a standalone basis and 
for  an  arrangement  that  includes  a  general  right  of  return  relative  to  the  delivered  item(s),  delivery  or 

33

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
performance  of  the  undelivered  item(s)  is  considered  probable  and  substantially  in  our  control.  We  allocate 
revenue  to  each  element  in  our  multiple-element  arrangements  based  upon  their  relative  selling  prices.  We 
determine  the  selling  price  for  each  deliverable  based  on  a  selling  price  hierarchy.  The  selling  price  for  a 
deliverable is based on VSOE if available, third-party evidence ("TPE") if VSOE is not available, or estimated 
selling price ("ESP") if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Revenue allocated to each element is then recognized 
when the basic revenue recognition criteria for that element have been met. 

We  use  VSOE  of  selling  price  in  the  selling  price  allocation  in  all  instances  where  it  exists.  VSOE  of 
selling price for products and services is determined when a substantial majority of the selling prices fall within a 
reasonable  range  when  sold  separately.  TPE  of  selling  price  can  be  established  by  evaluating  largely 
interchangeable  competitor  products  or  services  in  standalone  sales  to  similarly  situated  customers.  As  our 
products  contain  a  significant  element  of  proprietary  technology  and  the  solution  offered  differs  substantially 
from that of competitors, it is difficult to obtain the reliable standalone competitive pricing necessary to establish 
TPE. ESP represents the best estimate  of the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service 
were  sold  on  a  standalone  basis.  We  determine  ESP  for  a  product  or  service  by  using  historical  selling  prices 
which  reflect  multiple  factors  including,  but  not  limited  to  customer  type,  geography,  market  conditions, 
competitive landscape, gross margin objectives and pricing practices. The determination of ESP is made through 
consultation with and approval by management. We may modify or develop new pricing practices and strategies 
in the future. As these pricing strategies evolve in changes may occur in ESP. The aforementioned factors may 
result  in  a  different  allocation  of  revenue  to  the  deliverables  in  multiple  element  arrangements,  which  may 
change  the  pattern  and  timing  of  revenue  recognition  for  these  elements  but  will  not  change  the  total  revenue 
recognized for the arrangement. 

Deferred revenue.    Deferred revenue represents the amount that is allocated to undelivered elements in 
multiple  element  arrangements.  We  limit  the  revenue  recognized  to  the  amount  that  is  not  contingent  on  the 
future delivery of products or services or meeting other specified performance conditions. 

Accounts receivable, net.    Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear 
interest.  Such  accounts  receivable  has  been  reduced  by  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  which  is  our  best 
estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in our existing accounts receivable. We determine the allowance 
based on customer specific experience and the aging of such receivables, among other factors. The allowance for 
doubtful  accounts  as  of  October  31,  2014  and  2013  was  not  material.  We  do  not  have  any  off-balance-sheet 
credit exposure related to our customers. Accounts receivable are also recorded net of product returns. 

Share-based  compensation.    For  the  years  ended  2014,  2013  and  2012,  we  accounted  for  share-based 
awards  made  to  our  employees  and  directors  including  employee  stock  option  awards,  restricted  stock  units, 
employee  stock  purchases  made  under  our  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  ("ESPP")  and  performance  share 
awards under Agilent Technologies, Inc. Long-Term Performance Program ("LTPP") using the estimated grant 
date  fair value  method of  accounting.  Under  the  fair value  method, we  recorded  compensation  expense for  all 
share-based awards of $98 million in 2014, $88 million in 2013 and $76 million in 2012. 

Inventory.    Inventory is valued at standard cost, which approximates actual cost computed on a first-in, 
first-out basis, not in excess of market value. We assess the valuation of our inventory on a periodic basis and 
make  adjustments  to  the  value  for  estimated  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  based  on  estimates  about  future 
demand. The excess balance determined by this analysis becomes the basis for our excess inventory charge. Our 
excess  inventory  review  process  includes  analysis  of  sales  forecasts,  managing  product  rollovers  and  working 
with manufacturing to maximize recovery of excess inventory. 

Warranty.    Our standard warranty terms typically extend for one to three years from the date of delivery. 
During  the  second  fiscal  quarter  of  2013  typical  standard  warranty  arrangements  within  our  electronic 
measurement business were extended from one year to three years from the date of delivery. Prior to the change 
in standard warranty terms, we sold extended warranties of more than one year and less than three years which 
were deferred. Those existing warranties greater than one year and less than three years and previously classified 
as  extended  warranties  are  being  amortized  over  the  original  period  of  the  warranty.  We  will  continue  to  sell 
extended warranties  for  terms  beyond  three  years within  the  electronic measurement  business.  The impact  has 
not  been  material  to  the  segment  or  consolidated  revenue  of  Agilent  and  the  anticipated  total  increase  to  the 

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
warranty  accrual  as  a  result  of  the new  arrangements  will not be  material  to  the  consolidated balance  sheet of 
Agilent. No changes were made to the standard and extended warranty terms within our other businesses. We 
accrue for standard warranty costs based on historical trends in warranty charges as a percentage of net product 
revenue.  The  accrual  is  reviewed  regularly  and  periodically  adjusted  to  reflect  changes  in  warranty  cost 
estimates.  Estimated  warranty  charges  are  recorded  within  cost  of  products  at  the  time  products  are  sold.  See 
Note 16, "Guarantees". 

Taxes on income.    Income tax expense or benefit is based on income or loss before taxes. Deferred tax 
assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  principally  for  the  expected  tax  consequences  of  temporary  differences 
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts. 

Shipping and handling costs.    Our shipping and handling costs charged to customers are included in net 

revenue, and the associated expense is recorded in cost of products for all periods presented. 

Goodwill  and  Purchased  Intangible  Assets. Under  the  authoritative  guidance  we  have  the  option  to 
perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The accounting 
standard gives an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether performing the two-step 
test  is  necessary.  If  an  entity  believes,  as  a  result  of  its  qualitative  assessment,  that  it  is  more-likely-than-not 
(i.e. greater  than  50%  chance)  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount,  the 
quantitative impairment test will be required. Otherwise, no further testing will be required. 

The guidance includes examples of events and circumstances that might indicate that a reporting unit's fair 
value  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.  These  include  macro-economic  conditions  such  as  deterioration  in  the 
entity's  operating  environment  or  industry  or  market  considerations;  entity-specific  events  such  as  increasing 
costs,  declining  financial  performance,  or  loss  of  key  personnel;  or  other  events  such  as  an  expectation  that  a 
reporting  unit  will  be  sold  or  a  sustained  decrease  in  the  stock  price  on  either  an  absolute  basis  or  relative  to 
peers. 

If  it  is  determined,  as  a  result  of  the  qualitative  assessment,  that  it  is  more-likely-than-not  that  the  fair 
value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the provisions of authoritative guidance require that we 
perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting 
unit to its carrying value. The second step (if necessary) measures the amount of impairment by applying fair-
value-based tests to the individual assets and liabilities within each reporting unit. As defined in the authoritative 
guidance,  a  reporting  unit  is  an  operating  segment,  or  one  level  below  an  operating  segment.  We  aggregate 
components of an operating segment that have similar economic characteristics into our reporting units. Agilent 
has three segments, life sciences and diagnostics, chemical analysis, and electronic measurement segments. 

In fiscal year 2014, we assessed goodwill impairment for our four reporting units which consisted of two 
segments:  chemical  analysis  and  electronic  measurement;  and  two  reporting  units  under  the  life  sciences  and 
diagnostics segment. The first of these two reporting units related to our life sciences business and the second 
related to our diagnostics business. We performed a qualitative test for goodwill impairment of the four reporting 
units as of September 30, 2014. Based on the results of our qualitative testing, we believe that it is more-likely-
than-not that the fair value of these reporting units are greater than their respective carrying values. Each quarter 
we  review  the  events  and  circumstances  to  determine  if  goodwill  impairment  is  indicated.  There  was  no 
impairment of goodwill during the years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

Purchased intangible assets consist primarily of acquired developed technologies, proprietary know-how, 
trademarks,  and  customer  relationships  and  are  amortized  using  the  best  estimate  of  the  asset's  useful  life  that 
reflect  the  pattern  in  which  the  economic  benefits  are  consumed  or  used  up  or  a  straight-line  method  ranging 
from 6 months  to 15 years. In-process research and development ("IPR&D") is initially capitalized at fair value 
as an intangible asset with an indefinite life and assessed for impairment thereafter. When the IPR&D project is 
complete, it is reclassified as an amortizable purchased intangible asset and is amortized over its estimated useful 
life. If an IPR&D project is abandoned, Agilent will record a charge for the value of the related intangible asset 
to Agilent's condensed consolidated statement of operations in the period it is abandoned. 

35

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agilent's indefinite-lived intangible assets are IPR&D intangible assets. The accounting guidance allows a 
qualitative approach for testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, similar to the issued impairment 
testing guidance for goodwill and allows the option to first assess qualitative factors (events and circumstances) 
that could have affected the significant inputs used in determining the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible 
asset  to  determine  whether  it  is  more-likely-than-not  (i.e.  greater  than  50%  chance)  that  the  indefinite-lived 
intangible asset is impaired.  An organization may choose to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-
lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to calculating its fair value. We performed a qualitative 
test  for  impairment  of  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  as  of  September  30,  2014.  Based  on  the  results  of  our 
qualitative testing, we believe that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of these indefinite-lived intangible 
assets is greater than their respective carrying values. Each quarter we review the events and circumstances to 
determine  if  impairment  of  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  is  indicated.  In  the  years  ended  October  31,  2014, 
2013  and  2012,  we  recorded  an  impairment  of  $4  million,  $1  million  and  $1  million,  respectively  due  to  the 
cancellation of certain IPR&D projects. In addition, in the year ended October 31, 2014, we also recorded $12 
million of impairment of other intangibles due to the exit of our NMR business. 

Advertising.    Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred and amounted to $57 million in 2014, 

$44 million in 2013 and $50 million in 2012. 

Research  and  development.    Costs  related  to  research,  design  and  development  of  our  products  are 

charged to research and development expense as they are incurred. 

Sales  Taxes.    Sales  taxes  collected  from  customers  and  remitted  to  governmental  authorities  are  not 

included in our revenue. 

Net income per share.    Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income - the numerator - 
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding - the denominator - during the period excluding 
the dilutive effect of stock options and other employee stock plans. Diluted net income per share gives effect to 
all potential common shares outstanding during the period unless the effect is anti-dilutive. The dilutive effect of 
share-based  awards  is  reflected  in  diluted  net  income  per  share  by  application  of  the  treasury  stock  method, 
which includes consideration of unamortized share-based compensation expense, the tax benefits and shortfalls 
charged  to  additional  paid-in  capital  and  the  dilutive  effect  of  in-the-money  options  and  non-vested  restricted 
stock units. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options, 
unamortized share-based compensation expense and tax benefits or shortfalls are assumed proceeds to be used to 
repurchase hypothetical shares. See Note 6, "Net Income Per Share". 

Cash, cash equivalents and short term investments.    We classify investments as cash equivalents if their 
original or remaining maturity is three months or less at the date of purchase. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, 
which approximates fair value. 

As of October 31, 2014, approximately $2,397 million of our cash and cash equivalents is held outside of 
the U.S. in our foreign subsidiaries. Under current tax laws, most of the cash could be repatriated to the U.S. but 
it would be subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes, less applicable foreign tax credits. Our cash and cash 
equivalents mainly consist of short term deposits held at major global financial institutions, institutional money 
market funds, and similar short duration instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less. We continuously 
monitor  the  creditworthiness  of  the  financial  institutions  and  institutional  money  market  funds  in  which  we 
invest our funds. 

We classify investments as short-term investments if their original maturities are greater than three months 

and their remaining maturities are one year or less. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The carrying values of certain of our financial instruments including 
cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable,  accrued  compensation  and  other  accrued 
liabilities approximate fair value because of their short maturities. The fair value of long-term equity investments 
is  determined  using  quoted  market  prices  for  those  securities  when  available.  For  those  long-term  equity 
investments accounted for under the cost or equity method, their carrying value approximates their estimated fair 
value. Equity method investments are reported at the amount of the company’s initial investment and adjusted 

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
each period for the company’s share of the investee’s income or loss and dividend paid. The fair value of our 
long-term debt, calculated from quoted prices which are primarily Level 1 inputs under the accounting guidance 
fair value hierarchy, exceeds the carrying value by approximately $54 million and $112 million as of October 31, 
2014 and 2013, respectively. The fair value of foreign currency contracts used for hedging purposes is estimated 
internally  by  using  inputs  tied  to  active  markets.  These  inputs,  for  example,  interest  rate  yield  curves,  foreign 
exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies are observable in the market or can be corroborated by 
observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. See also Note 12, "Fair Value 
Measurements" for additional information on the fair value of financial instruments. 

Concentration  of  credit  risk.    Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  Agilent  to  significant 
concentration of credit risk include money market fund investments, time deposits and demand deposit balances. 
These  investments  are  categorized  as  cash  and  cash  equivalents.  In  addition,  Agilent  has  credit  risk  from 
derivative  financial  instruments  used  in  hedging  activities  and  accounts  receivable.  We  invest  in  a  variety  of 
financial  instruments  and  limit  the  amount  of  credit  exposure  with  any  one  financial  institution.  We  have  a 
comprehensive credit policy in place and credit exposure is monitored on an ongoing basis. 

 Credit  risk  with  respect  to  our  accounts  receivable  is  diversified  due  to  the  large  number  of  entities 
comprising  our  customer  base  and  their  dispersion  across  many  different  industries  and  geographies.  Credit 
evaluations are performed on customers requiring credit over a certain amount and we sell the majority of our 
products through our direct sales force. Credit risk is mitigated through collateral such as letter of credit, bank 
guarantees  or  payment  terms  like  cash  in  advance.  Credit  evaluation  is  performed  by  an  independent  team  to 
ensure  proper  segregation  of  duties.  No  single  customer  accounted  for  more  than  10  percent  of  combined 
accounts receivable as of October 31, 2014, or 2013. 

Derivative  instruments.    Agilent  is  exposed  to  global  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  and  interest  rate 
risks  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  We  enter  into  foreign  exchange  hedging  contracts,  primarily  forward 
contracts and purchased options and, in the past, interest rate swaps to manage financial exposures resulting from 
changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. In the vast  majority of cases, these contracts are 
designated  at  inception  as  hedges  of  the  related  foreign  currency  or  interest  exposures.  Foreign  currency 
exposures include committed and anticipated revenue and expense transactions and assets and liabilities that are 
denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  functional  currency  of  the  subsidiary.  Interest  rate  exposures  are 
associated  with  the  company's  fixed-rate  debt.  For  option  contracts,  we  exclude  time  value  from  the 
measurement  of  effectiveness.  To  qualify  for  hedge  accounting,  contracts  must  reduce  the  foreign  currency 
exchange rate and interest rate risk otherwise inherent in the amount and duration of the hedged exposures and 
comply with established risk management policies; foreign exchange hedging contracts generally mature within 
twelve months and interest rate swaps, if any, mature at the same time as the maturity of the debt. In order to 
manage foreign currency exposures in a few limited jurisdictions we may enter into foreign exchange contracts 
that do not qualify for hedge accounting. In such circumstances, the local foreign currency exposure is offset by 
contracts owned by the parent company. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative trading 
purposes. 

All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair values. For derivative instruments that are 
designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, changes in value of the derivative are recognized in the consolidated 
statement  of  operations  in  the  current  period,  along  with  the  offsetting  gain  or  loss  on  the  hedged  item 
attributable to the hedged risk. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedges, 
changes  in  the  value  of  the  effective  portion  of  the  derivative  instrument  is  recognized  in  accumulated 
comprehensive  income,  a  component  of  stockholders'  equity.  Amounts  associated  with  cash  flow  hedges  are 
reclassified and recognized in income when either the forecasted transaction occurs or it becomes probable the 
forecasted  transaction  will  not  occur.  Derivatives  not  designated  as  hedging  instruments  are  recorded  on  the 
balance sheet at their fair value and changes in the fair values are recorded in the income statement in the current 
period. Derivative instruments are subject to master netting arrangements and qualify for net presentation in the 
balance  sheet.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  ineffective  portion  of  derivative  instruments  are  recognized  in 
earnings  in  the  current  period.  Ineffectiveness  in  2014,  2013  and  2012  was  not  material.    Cash  flows  from 
derivative instruments are classified in the statement of cash flows in the same category as the cash flows from 
the hedged or economically hedged item, primarily in operating activities. 

37

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property,  plant  and  equipment.    Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated 
depreciation.  Additions,  improvements  and  major  renewals  are  capitalized;  maintenance,  repairs  and  minor 
renewals  are  expensed  as  incurred.  When  assets  are  retired  or  disposed  of,  the  assets  and  related  accumulated 
depreciation and amortization are removed from our general ledger, and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in 
the  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  Buildings  and  improvements  are  depreciated  over  the  lesser  of  their 
useful lives or the remaining term of the lease and machinery and equipment over three to ten years. We use the 
straight-line method to depreciate assets. 

Leases.   We lease buildings, machinery and equipment under operating leases for original terms ranging 
generally from one year to twenty years. Certain leases contain renewal options for periods up to six years. In 
addition,  we  lease  equipment  to  customers  in  connection  with  our  diagnostics  business  using  both  capital  and 
operating leases. As of October 31, 2014 and 2013 our life sciences and diagnostics segment has approximately 
$8  million  and  $4  million,  respectively,    of  lease  receivables  related  to  capital  leases  and  approximately  $33 
million and $35 million, respectively, of net assets for operating leases.  We depreciate the assets related to the 
operating leases over their estimated useful lives. 

Capitalized  software.   We  capitalize  certain  internal  and  external  costs  incurred  to  acquire  or  create 
internal use software. Capitalized software is included in property, plant and equipment and is depreciated over 
three to five years once development is complete. 

Impairment of long-lived assets.    We continually monitor events and changes in circumstances that could 
indicate carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including intangible assets, may not be recoverable. When such 
events  or  changes  in  circumstances  occur,  we  assess  the  recoverability  of  long-lived  assets  by  determining 
whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted expected future cash flows. If 
the total of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of those assets, we recognize an 
impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. 

Restructuring  and  exit  of  NMR  business. The  main  components  of  expenses  are  related  to  workforce 
reductions, assets impairments and write-downs and special charges to inventory, which mainly relates to exiting 
of one of our businesses. Workforce reduction charges are accrued when payment of benefits that the employees 
are entitled to becomes probable and the amounts can be estimated. We have also assessed the recoverability of 
our  long-lived  assets,  by  determining  whether  the  carrying  value  of  such  assets  will  be  recovered  through 
undiscounted future  cash  flows. Asset  impairments  primarily  consist of property, plant  and  equipment  and  are 
based on an estimate of the amounts and timing of future cash flows related to the expected future remaining use 
and ultimate  sale  or  disposal  of  buildings  and  equipment  net  of  costs  to  sell.  The  charges  related  to inventory 
include estimated future inventory disposal payments that we are contractually obliged to make to our suppliers 
and inventory written-down to net realizable value. If the amounts and timing of cash flows from restructuring 
activities are significantly different from what we have estimated, the actual amount of restructuring and asset 
impairment charges could be materially different, either higher or lower, than those we have recorded. 

Employee compensation and benefits.    Amounts owed to employees, such as accrued salary, bonuses and 
vacation  benefits  are  accounted  for  within  employee  compensation  and  benefits.  The  total  amount  of  accrued 
vacation benefit was $170 million and $158 million as of October 31, 2014, and 2013, respectively. 

Foreign  currency  translation.    We  translate  and  remeasure  balance  sheet  and  income  statement  items 
into  U.S. dollars.  For  those  subsidiaries  that  operate  in  a  local  currency  functional  environment,  all  assets  and 
liabilities  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  current  exchange  rates  at  the  balance  sheet  date;  revenue  and 
expenses  are  translated  using  monthly  exchange  rates  which  approximate  to  average  exchange  rates  in  effect 
during each period. Resulting translation adjustments are reported as a separate component of accumulated other 
comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders' equity. 

For  those  subsidiaries  that  operate  in  a  U.S.  dollar  functional  environment,  foreign  currency  assets  and 
liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates except for non-monetary assets and capital 
accounts which are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are generally remeasured at 
monthly exchange rates which approximate average exchange rates in effect during each period. Gains or losses 
from foreign currency remeasurement are included in consolidated net income. Net gains or losses resulting from 

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
foreign  currency  transactions,  including  hedging  gains  and  losses,  are  reported  in  other  income  (expense),  net 
and  was  $4  million  loss  for  fiscal  year  2014,  $6  million  loss  for    2013  and  $19  million  loss  for  2012, 
respectively. The loss recorded for fiscal year 2012 includes $14 million of loss associated with the settlement of 
currency contracts entered into for the purchase of Dako. 

2. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

In  December 2011,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  related  to  the  enhanced  disclosures  that  will  enable  the 
users  of  financial  statements  to  evaluate  the  effect  or  potential  effect  of  netting  arrangements  on  an  entity's 
financial  position.  The  amendments  require  improved  information  about  financial  instruments  and  derivative 
instruments that are either offset or subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreement. The 
guidance  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January 1,  2013,  and  interim  periods 
within those annual periods. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2014. There was no impact to our 
consolidated financial statements due to the adoption of this guidance. 

In February 2013, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance for reporting of amounts 
reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amended guidance requires reporting the effect 
of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net 
income  if  the  amount  being  reclassified  is  required  to  be  reclassified  in  its  entirety  to  net  income.  For  other 
amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an 
entity  is  required  to  cross-reference  other  disclosures  that  provide  additional  detail  about  these  amounts.  The 
amendments do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in 
financial  statements.  The  guidance  is  effective  prospectively  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after 
December 15, 2012 and interim periods within those years. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2014 
and have presented the requisite disclosures in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and in the 
notes to the financial statements. 

In March 2013, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance on foreign currency matters in 
order to clarify the guidance for the release of cumulative translation adjustment. The guidance requires that a 
parent deconsolidate a subsidiary or derecognize a group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business (other 
than a sale of in substance real estate or conveyance of oil and gas mineral rights) if the parent ceases to have a 
controlling  financial  interest  in  that  group  of  assets.   The  guidance  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods 
beginning  on  or  after  December 15,  2013. We  do  not  expect  a  material  impact  to  our  consolidated  financial 
statements due to the adoption of this guidance. 

In July 2013, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance related to the financial statement 
presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net  operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax 
credit carryforward exists. The guidance requires an unrecognized tax benefit to be presented as a decrease in a 
deferred tax asset where a net operating loss, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists and certain 
criteria are met. This guidance is effective prospectively for annual   periods beginning after December 15, 2013 
and interim periods within those years. This guidance is consistent with our current practice. 

In April  2014,  the  FASB  issued  amendments  to  the guidance  on discontinued operations.  The  guidance 
changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations while enhancing disclosures in this area. Under the new 
guidance,  only  disposals  representing  a  strategic  shift  in  operations  should  be  presented  as  discontinued 
operations.  Those  strategic  shifts  should  have  a  major  effect  on  the  organization’s  operations  and  financial 
results.  Examples  include  a  disposal  of  a  major  geographic  area,  a  major  line  of  business,  or  a  major  equity 
method investment. Additionally, the new guidance requires expanded disclosures about discontinued operations 
that will provide financial statement users with more information about the assets, liabilities, income, expenses of 
discontinued  operations  and  of  the  pre-tax  income  attributable  to  a  disposal  of  a  significant  part  of  an 
organization  that  does  not  qualify  for  discontinued  operations  reporting.  The  new  guidance  is  effective 
prospectively for all disposals (or classifications as held for sale) of components of an entity that occur within 
annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  December  15,  2014,  and  interim  periods  within  those  years. We  are 
evaluating the impact of adopting this prospective guidance to our consolidated financial statements. 

39

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In May 2014, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. 
The amendment was the result of a joint project between the FASB and the International Accounting Standards 
Board ("IASB") to clarify the principles for recognizing revenue and to develop common revenue standards for 
U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS").  To meet those objectives, the FASB is 
amending the FASB Accounting Standards Codification and creating a new Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers, and the IASB is issuing IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The new guidance 
is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those years. Early 
application is not permitted. We are evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance to our consolidated financial 
statements. 

In  June  2014,  the  FASB  issued  an  amendment  to  the  accounting  guidance  relating  to  share-based 
compensation to resolve what it saw as diverse accounting treatment of certain awards.   With this amendment, 
the  FASB  has  given  explicit  guidance  to  treat  a  performance  target  that  could  be  achieved  after  the  requisite 
service period as a performance condition that affects vesting rather than as a non-vesting condition that affects 
the  grant-date  fair  value  of  an  award.      The  new  guidance  is  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  after 
December 15, 2015 and for the interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier adoption is permitted.  We 
have evaluated the impact of adopting this prospective guidance to our consolidated financial statements and we 
believe this amendment to the accounting guidance is not applicable. 

Other  amendments  to  GAAP  in  the  U.S.  that  have  been  issued  by  the  FASB  or  other  standards-setting 
bodies  that  do  not  require  adoption  until  a  future  date  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements upon adoption. 

3. ACQUISITIONS 

Acquisition of Dako 

On June 21, 2012, we completed the acquisition of Dako through the acquisition of 100% of share capital 
of  Dako,  a  limited  liability  company  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  Denmark,  under  the  share  purchase 
agreement, dated May 16, 2012. As a result of the acquisition, Dako has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
Agilent.  Accordingly,  the  results  of  Dako  are  included  in  Agilent's  consolidated  financial  statements  from  the 
date  of  the  acquisition.  For  the period from  June  22, 2012  to October 31,  2012, Dako's  net  revenue  was $126 
million and net loss was $37 million.  The acquisition of Dako and its portfolio is another step to increase our 
growth  in  several  rapidly  expanding  areas  of  diagnostics,  including  anatomic  pathology  and  molecular 
diagnostics, as well as strengthen our existing offerings with a focus on product development to help in the fight 
against cancer. 

The consideration paid was approximately $2,143 million, of which $1,400 million was paid directly to 
the seller and $743 million was paid to satisfy outstanding debt.  Agilent funded the acquisition using existing 
cash. In connection with the acquisition of Dako, Agilent entered into several foreign currency forward contracts 
to mitigate the currency exchange risk associated with the payment of the purchase price in Danish Krone and 
the repayment of debt in multiple currencies. The aggregate notional amount of the currencies hedged was $1.7 
billion. These foreign exchange contracts did not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and were not designated 
as  hedging  instruments.  The  resulting  loss  on  settlement,  on  the  date  of  acquisition,  was  $14  million  and  was 
recorded in other income (expense) in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended October 31, 
2012.  

The  Dako  acquisition  was  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  the  authoritative  accounting  guidance.  The 
acquired  assets  and  assumed  liabilities  were  recorded  by  Agilent  at  their  estimated  fair  values.  Agilent 
determined  the  estimated  fair  values  with  the  assistance  of  appraisals  or  valuations  performed  by  third  party 
specialists,  discounted  cash  flow  analyses,  and  estimates  made  by  management.  We  expect  to  realize  revenue 
synergies,  leverage  and  expand  the  existing  sales  channels  and  product  development  resources,  and  utilize  the 
assembled workforce. The company also anticipates opportunities for growth through expanded geographic and 
customer segment diversity and the ability to leverage additional products and capabilities. These factors, among 
others,  contributed  to  a  purchase  price  in  excess  of  the  estimated  fair  value  of  Dako's  net  identifiable  assets 

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
acquired (see summary of net assets below), and, as a result, we have recorded goodwill in connection with this 
transaction. 

All goodwill was allocated to the life sciences and diagnostics segment.  We do not expect the goodwill 
recognized to be deductible for income tax purposes. Any impairment charges made in the future associated with 
goodwill will not be tax deductible. 

A portion of the overall purchase price was allocated to acquired intangible assets. Amortization expense 
associated  with  acquired  intangible  assets  is  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes.  Therefore,  approximately  $185 
million was established as a deferred tax liability for the future amortization of these intangibles and is included 
in "other long-term liabilities" in the table below. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  allocation  of  the  purchase  price  to  the  estimated  fair  values  of  the 

assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the closing date of June 21, 2012 (in millions): 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Long term investments 
Intangible assets 
Other assets 
Goodwill 
Total assets acquired 
Accounts payable 
Employee compensation and benefits 
Other accrued liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Other long-term liabilities 
Net assets acquired 

    $ 

11
96
90
5
146
11
738
13
1,382
2,492

(24)
(24)
(47)
(43)
(211)
    $  2,143

The  fair  value  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,  other  current  assets,  accounts  payable 
and  other  accrued  liabilities  were  generally  determined  using  historical  carrying  values  given  the  short-term 
nature of these assets and liabilities. 

The  fair  values  for  acquired  inventory,  property,  plant  and  equipment,  and  intangible  assets  were 

determined with the input from third party valuation specialists. 

The fair values of certain other assets, investments, long-term debt, and certain other long-term liabilities 

were determined internally using historical carrying values and estimates made by management. 

Valuations of intangible assets acquired 

The components of intangible assets acquired in connection with the Dako acquisition were as follows (in 

millions): 

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Developed product technology 
Customer relationships 
Tradenames and trademarks 
Total intangible assets subject to amortization
In-process research and development 
Total intangible assets 

Estimated 
Useful Life

8 - 9 yrs

4 years 
12 years 

Fair Value 
$

287     
140      
128      
555        
183        
738       

$

As noted above, the intangible assets, including in-process research and development, were valued with 
input from valuation specialists.  The In-Process Research and Development was valued using the multi-period 
excess earnings method under the income approach by discounting forecasted cash flows directly related to the 
products  expecting  to  result  from  the  projects,  net  of  returns  on  contributory  assets.    The  primary  in-process 
project  acquired  relates  to  a  major  new  product  platform  which  was  released  and  amortization  began  in  the 
second quarter of fiscal 2013. Total costs to complete for all Dako In- Process Research and Development were 
estimated at approximately $49 million over time as of the close date. 

Acquisition  and  integration  costs  directly  related  to  the  Dako  acquisition  totaled  $15  million  and  $15 
million for the years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively and were recorded in selling, general and 
administrative expenses. Such costs are expensed in accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance. 

The  following  represents  pro  forma  operating  results  as  if  Dako  had  been  included  in  the  company's 
condensed consolidated statements of operations as of the beginning of fiscal 2011(in millions, except per share 
amounts): 

Net revenue 
Net income 
Net income per share — basic 
Net income per share — diluted 

2012 

7,100
1,145
3.29
3.24

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

The pro forma financial information assumes that the companies were combined as of November 1, 2010 
and  include business  combination  accounting  effects  from  the  acquisition  including  amortization  charges  from 
acquired intangible assets, the impact on cost of sales due to the respective estimated fair value adjustments to 
inventory,  changes  to  interest  income  for  cash  used  in  the  acquisition,  interest  expense  and  currency  losses 
associated  with  debt  paid  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  and  acquisition  related  transaction  costs  and  tax 
related  effects.  The  pro  forma  information  as  presented  above  is  for  informational  purposes  only  and  is  not 
indicative  of  the  results  of  operations  that  would  have  been  achieved  if  the  acquisition  had  taken  place  at  the 
beginning of fiscal 2011. 

The  unaudited  pro  forma  financial  information  for  the  year  ended  October  31,  2012  combines  the 
historical results of Agilent for the year ended October 31, 2012 (which includes Dako after the acquisition date) 
and for Dako for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and the two months ended May 31, 2012. 

4. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION 

Agilent  accounts  for  share-based  awards  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  accounting  guidance 
which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards 
made to our employees and directors including employee stock option awards, restricted stock units, employee 
stock purchases made under our ESPP and performance share awards granted to selected members of our senior 
management under the LTPP based on estimated fair values. 

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description of Share-Based Plans 

Employee  stock  purchase  plan.    Effective  November 1,  2000,  we  adopted  the  ESPP.  The  ESPP  allows 
eligible employees to contribute up to ten percent of their base compensation to purchase shares of our common 
stock  at  85  percent  of  the  closing  market  price  at  purchase  date.  Shares  authorized  for  issuance  in  connection 
with the ESPP are subject to an automatic annual increase of the lesser of one percent of the outstanding shares 
of common stock of Agilent on November 1, or an amount determined by the Compensation Committee of our 
Board of Directors. Under the terms of the ESPP, in no event shall the number of shares issued under the ESPP 
exceed 75 million shares. 

Under our ESPP, employees purchased 1,604,406 shares for $73 million in 2014, 1,454,724 shares for $48 
million in 2013 and 1,405,774 shares for $47 million in 2012. As of October 31, 2014, the number of shares of 
common stock authorized and available for issuance under our ESPP was 39,990,573.  

Incentive  compensation  plans.    On  November 19,  2008  and  March 11,  2009,  the  Compensation 
Committee  of  Board  of  Directors  and  the  stockholders,  respectively,  approved  the  Agilent  Technologies, Inc. 
2009  Stock  Plan  (the  "2009  Stock  Plan")  to  replace  the  Company's  1999  Stock  Plan  and  1999  Stock  Non-
Employee Director Stock Plan and subsequently reserved 25 million shares of Company common stock that may 
be issued under the 2009 Plan, plus any shares forfeited or cancelled under the 1999 Stock Plan. The 2009 Stock 
Plan provides for the grant of awards in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted 
stock,  restricted  stock  units  ("RSUs"),  performance  shares  and  performance  units  with  performance-based 
conditions  on  vesting  or  exercisability,  and  cash  awards.  The  2009  Plan  has  a  term  of  ten  years.  As  of 
October 31, 2014, 9,019,407 shares were available for future awards under the 2009 Stock Plan. 

Stock options granted under the 2009 Stock Plans may be either "incentive stock options", as defined in 
Section 422 of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code, or non-statutory.  Options generally  vest  at  a  rate  of 25 percent  per 
year over a period of four years from the date of grant and generally have a maximum contractual term of ten 
years. The exercise price for stock options is generally not less than 100 percent of the fair market value of our 
common stock on the date the stock award is granted. 

Effective November 1, 2003, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the LTPP, 
which  is  a  performance  stock  award  program  administered  under  the  2009  Stock  Plan,  for  the  company's 
executive  officers  and  other  key  employees.  Participants  in  this  program  are  entitled  to  receive  unrestricted 
shares of the company's stock after the end of a three-year period, if specified performance targets are met. LTPP 
awards are generally designed to meet the criteria of a performance award with the performance metrics and peer 
group  comparison  set  at  the  beginning  of  the  performance  period.  Based  on  the  performance  metrics  the  final 
award may vary from zero to 200 percent of the target award. The maximum contractual term for awards under 
the LTPP program is three years. We consider the dilutive impact of this program in our diluted net income per 
share calculation only to the extent that the performance conditions are met. 

In March 2007, we began to issue restricted stock units under our share-based plans. The estimated fair 
value of the restricted stock unit awards granted under the Stock Plans is determined based on the market price of 
Agilent's  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant  adjusted  for  expected  dividend  yield.  Restricted  stock  units 
generally vest, with some exceptions, at a rate of 25 percent per year over a period of four years from the date of 
grant. 

In connection with the separation of Keysight Technologies on November 1, 2014 and in accordance with 
the  Employee  Matters  Agreement  we  will  make  certain  adjustments  to  the  exercise  price  and  number  of  our 
share-based compensation awards with the intention of preserving the intrinsic value of the awards prior to the 
separation.  Exercisable  and  non-exercisable  stock  options  will  be  converted  to  those  of  the  entity  where  the 
employee is working post-separation. Restricted stock units awards and long-term performance plan grants will 
be adjusted to provide holders restricted stock units and long-term performance plan grants in the company that 
employs such employee following the separation. We believe these adjustments to our stock-based compensation 
awards will not have a material impact on compensation expense. 

43

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of Share-based Compensation Awards 

We have recognized compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value method under the 
authoritative guidance. For all share-based awards we have recognized compensation expense using a straight-
line amortization method. As the guidance requires that share-based compensation expense be based on awards 
that  are  ultimately  expected  to  vest,  estimated  share-based  compensation  has  been  reduced  for  estimated 
forfeitures. 

The impact on our results for share-based compensation was as follows: 

Cost of products and services 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Total share-based compensation expense 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014

2013 

2012 

(in millions) 

$

$

23 $
14
61
98 $

20    $ 
12    
56    
88    $ 

16
10
50
76

At October 31, 2014 and 2013 there was no share-based compensation capitalized within inventory. The 
windfall  income  tax  benefit  realized  from  the  exercised  stock  options  and  similar  awards  recognized  was  $1 
million in 2014, $2 million in 2013 and zero in 2012, respectively. In the third quarter of 2014, an out of period 
adjustment was recorded to reverse previously recognized windfall tax benefits in the amount of $12 million and 
was the result of the correction to the computation of a cash tax benefit realized in prior years. The correction is 
not  considered  material  to  current  or  prior  periods.  In  addition,  approximately  $11  million  of  previously 
recognized windfall tax benefits was reversed due to the favorable settlement of a tax authority examination in 
first quarter of 2014. The weighted average grant date fair value of options, granted in 2014, 2013 and 2012 was 
$18.73, $12.18 and $13.69 per share, respectively. 

Included  in  the  2014  and  2013  expense  is  incremental  expense  for  acceleration  of  share-based 
compensation related to the announced workforce reduction plan of $1 million and $3 million, respectively . In 
2012,  the  expense  for  the  acceleration  of  share-based  compensation  related  to  the  announced  workforce 
reduction plan was immaterial. Upon termination of the employees impacted by workforce reduction, the non-
vested  Agilent  awards  held  by  these  employees  immediately  vests.  Employees  have  a  period  of  up  to  three 
months in which to exercise the Agilent options before such options are cancelled.  

Valuation Assumptions 

For  all  periods  presented,  the  fair  value  of  share  based  awards  for  employee  stock  option  awards  was 
estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  For  all  periods  presented,  shares  granted  under  the 
LTPP were valued using a Monte Carlo simulation. The estimated fair value of restricted stock unit awards was 
determined  based  on  the  market  price  of  Agilent's  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant  adjusted  for  expected 
dividend yield. On January 17, 2012, the company's Board of Directors approved the initiation of quarterly cash 
dividends  to  the  company's  shareholders.  The  fair  value  of  all  the  awards  granted  prior  to  the  declaration  of 
quarterly  cash  dividend  was  measured  based  on  an  expected  dividend  yield  of  0%.  The  ESPP  allows  eligible 
employees to purchase shares of our common stock at 85 percent of the fair market value at the purchase date. 

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  assumptions  were  used  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  employee  stock  options  and  LTPP 

grants. 

Stock Option Plans: 

Weighted average risk-free interest rate 
Dividend yield 
Weighted average volatility 
Expected life 

LTPP: 

Volatility of Agilent shares 
Volatility of selected peer-company shares 
Price-wise correlation with selected peers 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

1.69% 
1% 
39% 
5.8 years 

36% 
13%-57% 
47% 

0.86% 
1% 
39% 
5.8 years 

37% 
6%-64% 
49% 

0.88% 
0% 
38% 
5.8 years 

41% 
17%-75% 
62% 

Both the Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo simulation fair value models require the use of highly subjective 
and  complex  assumptions,  including  the option's  expected  life  and  the price  volatility  of  the underlying  stock. 
For  all  the  years  presented,  the  expected  stock  price  volatility  assumption  was  determined  using  the  historical 
volatility of Agilent's stock options over the most recent historical period equivalent to the expected life. 

In  developing  our  estimated  life  of  our  employee  stock  options  of  5.8 years  for  2012  to  2014,  we 
considered the historical option exercise behavior of our executive employees who were granted the majority of 
the options in the annual grants made which we believe is representative of future behavior.  

Share-based Payment Award Activity 

Employee Stock Options 

The  following  table  summarizes  employee  stock  option  award  activity  made  to  our  employees  and 

directors for 2014: 

Outstanding at October 31, 2013 
Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled/Forfeited/Expired 
Outstanding at October 31, 2014 

Options 
Outstanding 

(in thousands)

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

9,609    $ 
1,250    $ 
(3,750)   $ 
(99)   $ 
7,010    $ 

32
54
30
41
36

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited and expired options from total cancellations in 2014 were as follows: 

Forfeited 
Expired 
Total Options Cancelled during 2014 

Options 
Cancelled 

(in thousands) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

60    $ 
39    $ 
99    $ 

49
29
41

The options outstanding and exercisable for equity share-based payment awards at October 31, 2014 were 

as follows: 

Range of 
Exercise 
Prices 

Number 
Outstanding 

Options Outstanding 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Number 
Exercisable 

$0 - 25 

$25.01 - 30 

$30.01 - 40 

$40.01 - 50 

$50.01 & over 

(in thousands) 

(in years) 

690  
466  
4,646  
6  
1,202  
7,010

1.9    $ 
4.9    $ 
5.4    $ 
7.4    $ 
9.1    $ 
5.7  $ 

(in thousands)
24,240

20 $

(in thousands)
690

29

35

45

54 $

36 $

12,032

93,664

59

2,054

132,049

466

2,612

3

—

3,771

Options Exercisable 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 

(in years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

(in thousands)
24,240

1.9   $ 
4.9   $ 
3.8   $ 
7.4   $ 
—   $ 
3.6  $ 

20   $
29  
34  
45  
—   $
31 $

12,032

54,838

29

—

91,139

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the 
company's closing stock price of $55.28 at October 31, 2014, which would have been received by award holders 
had all award holders exercised their awards that were in-the-money as of that date. The total number of in-the-
money awards exercisable at October 31, 2014 was approximately 4 million. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  aggregate  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  and  the  fair  value  of 

options granted in 2014, 2013 and 2012: 

Options exercised in fiscal 2012 
Black-Scholes per share value of options granted during fiscal 2012 
Options exercised in fiscal 2013 
Black-Scholes per share value of options granted during fiscal 2013 
Options exercised in fiscal 2014 
Black-Scholes per share value of options granted during fiscal 2014 

$

$

$

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 

(in thousands)

38,188 $

71,499 $

98,075 $

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Per Share Value 
Using 
Black-Scholes 
Model 

23    
   $ 
28    
   $ 
30    
   $ 

14

12

19

As  of  October 31,  2014,  the  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  costs  for  outstanding  stock  option 
awards,  net  of  expected  forfeitures,  was  approximately  $12  million  which  is  expected  to  be  amortized  over  a 
weighted  average  period  of    2.2 years.  The  amount  of  cash  received  from  the  exercise  of  share-based  awards 
granted was $188 million in 2014, $161 million in 2013 and $100 million in 2012. See Note 5, "Income Taxes" 
for the tax impact on share-based award exercises. 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-vested Awards 

The following table summarizes non-vested award activity in 2014 primarily for our LTPP and restricted 

stock unit awards: 

Non-vested at October 31, 2013 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Change in LTPP shares vested in the year due to performance conditions 
Non-vested at October 31, 2014 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Price

Shares 

(in thousands) 

3,546    $ 
1,358    $ 
(1,324)   $ 
(104)   $ 
(43)   $ 
3,433    $ 

37
54
40
42
36
44

As of October 31, 2014, the unrecognized share-based compensation costs for non-vested restricted stock 
awards,  net  of  expected  forfeitures,  was  approximately  $56  million  which  is  expected  to  be  amortized  over  a 
weighted average period of  2.3 years. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested was $54 million for 
2014, $44 million for 2013 and $54 million for 2012. 

5. INCOME TAXES 

The domestic and foreign components of income before taxes are: 

U.S. operations 
Non-U.S. operations 
Total income before taxes 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

(in millions)

2012 

$

$

(117) $
763
646 $

39 $ 
820
859 $ 

45  
998 
1,043  

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of: 

U.S. federal taxes: 

Current 
Deferred 

Non-U.S. taxes: 

Current 
Deferred 

State taxes, net of federal benefit: 

Current 
Deferred 

Total provision 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

(in millions)

2012 

$

$

12 $
(11)

260
(117)

2
(4)
142 $

24 $ 
48

77
(24)

3
7
135 $ 

6  
(144) 

41 
(22) 

1 
8 
(110 ) 

The  income  tax  provision  does  not  reflect  potential  future  tax  savings  resulting  from  excess  deductions 

associated with our various share-based award plans. 

47

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities included on the consolidated 

balance sheet are: 

October 31, 

2014 

2013 

Deferred 
Tax Assets

Deferred Tax 
Liabilities

Deferred 
Tax Assets 

Deferred Tax 
Liabilities

$

Inventory 
Intangibles 
Property, plant and equipment 
Warranty reserves 
Retiree medical benefits 
Pension benefits 
Employee benefits, other than retirement 

Net operating loss, capital loss, and credit 
carryforwards 
Unrealized gains/losses on investments 
Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries 
Share-based compensation 
Deferred revenue 
Other 

Subtotal 

Tax valuation allowance 
Total deferred tax assets or deferred tax 

$

32 $
—
40
27
—
166
49

209
—
—
56
82
21
682
(134)
548 $

(in millions)
— $
154
—
—
14
—
—

—
—
61
—
—
13
242
—
242 $

32    $ 
—   
18   
25   
—   
42   
57   

263
24   
—   
54   
27   
36   
578   
(85)  
493    $ 

—
214
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
114
—
—
3
331
—
331

The significant increase in 2014 as compared to 2013 for the deferred tax asset relating to pension benefits 
is  due  mainly  to  the  tax  effect  of  changes  in  pension  plans  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income.  The 
decrease  in  the  deferred  tax  liability  relating  to  intangible  assets  is  due  primarily  to  amortization  of  acquired 
intangible  assets  from  Dako.  The  amortization  expenses  associated  with  acquired  intangible  assets  are  not 
deductible  for  tax  purposes.    In  the  fourth  quarter  we  recorded  a  deferred  tax  asset  and  related  full  valuation 
allowance in the amount of $43 million for a previously unrecorded Capital Loss Carryover in Australia.  The 
loss  arose  in  2001  and  may  be  carried  forward  indefinitely.    A  valuation  allowance  is  recorded  because  the 
Australian entity has limited ability to generate taxable capital gains. This correction is not considered material to 
current or prior periods. 

Agilent  records  U.S.  income  taxes  on  the  undistributed  earnings  of  foreign  subsidiaries  unless  the 
subsidiaries'  earnings  are  considered  indefinitely  reinvested  outside  the  U.S.  As  of  October  31,  2014  the 
Company recognized a $61 million deferred tax liability for the overall residual tax expected to be imposed upon 
the repatriation of unremitted foreign earnings that are not considered permanently reinvested. As of October 31, 
2014,  the  cumulative  amount  of  undistributed  earnings  considered  indefinitely  reinvested was $5.7  billion. No 
deferred tax liability has been recognized on the basis difference created by such earnings since it is our intention 
to  utilize  those  earnings  in  the  company’s  foreign  operations.  Because  of  the  availability  of  U.S.  foreign  tax 
credits, the determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability on these earnings is not practicable. 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  breakdown  between  current  and  long-term  deferred  tax  assets  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  was  as 

follows for the years 2014 and 2013: 

Current deferred tax assets (included within other current assets) 
Long-term deferred tax assets (included within other assets) 
Current deferred tax liabilities (included within other accrued liabilities) 
Long-term deferred tax liabilities (included within other long-term liabilities) 
Total 

$

$

October 31, 

2014

2013 

(in millions) 
160     $ 
289   
(6)  
(137)  
306     $ 

115
264
(4)
(213)
162

Valuation  allowances  require  an  assessment  of  both  positive  and  negative  evidence  when  determining 
whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  deferred  tax  assets  are  recoverable.  Such  assessment  is  required  on  a 
jurisdiction  by  jurisdiction  basis.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2012,  management  concluded  that  the  valuation 
allowance for most of Agilent's U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets is no longer needed primarily due to the 
emergence  from  cumulative  losses  in  recent  years,  the  return  to  sustainable  U.S.  operating  profits  and  the 
expectation  of  sustainable  profitability  in  future  periods.  As  of  October  31,  2012,  the  cumulative  positive 
evidence  outweighed  the  negative  evidence  regarding  the  likelihood  that  most  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  for 
Agilent's U.S. consolidated income tax group will be realized. Accordingly, we recognized a non-recurring tax 
benefit  of  $280  million  relating  to  the  valuation  allowance  reversal.  As  of  October 31,  2014,  we  continued  to 
maintain a valuation allowance of $134 million until sufficient positive evidence exists to support reversal. The 
valuation allowance is mainly related to deferred tax assets for California R&D credits, net operating losses in 
the Netherlands and capital losses in Australia. 

At  October 31,  2014,  we  had  federal  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  approximately  $8  million  and 
zero tax credit carryforwards. The federal net operating losses expire in years beginning 2022 through 2026.  At 
October 31, 2014, we had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $202 million which expire in 
years beginning 2015 through 2031, if not utilized. In addition, we had net state tax credit carryforwards of $31 
million that do not expire. All of the federal and some of the state net operating loss carryforwards are subject to 
change  of  ownership  limitations  provided  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  similar  state  provisions.    At 
October 31, 2014, we also had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $547 million. Of this 
foreign loss, $227 million will expire in years beginning 2015 through 2022, if not utilized. The remaining $320 
million has an indefinite life. Some of the foreign losses are subject to annual loss limitation rules. These annual 
loss limitations in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions may result in the expiration or reduced utilization of the net 
operating losses. 

The authoritative guidance prohibits recognition of a deferred tax asset for excess tax benefits related to 
stock  and  stock  option  plans  that  have  not  yet  been  realized  through  reduction  in  income  taxes  payable.  Such 
unrecognized deferred tax benefit totals $194 million as of October 31, 2014 and will be accounted for as a credit 
to  shareholders'  equity,  if  and  when  realized,  through  a  reduction  in  income  taxes  payable.  The  Company 
recognized  approximately  $46  million  as  a  credit  to  shareholders'  equity  for  cumulative  excess  tax  benefits 
related to stock and stock option plans that have been realized as of October 31, 2014.  

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The differences between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and our effective tax rate are: 

Profit before tax times statutory rate 
State income taxes, net of federal benefit 
Non-U.S. income taxed at different rates 
Change in unrecognized non-U.S. tax benefits 
Change in unrecognized U.S. tax benefits 
Repatriation of foreign earnings 
Valuation allowances 
Non-deductible costs related to the separation of Keysight 
Transfer pricing adjustments for prior years 
Other, net 
Provision for income taxes 
Effective tax rate 

$

$

Years Ended October 31, 

2014

2013 

2012

$

$

226 
(6) 
(156) 
— 
(160) 
149 
49 
17 
12 
11 
142
22%

  $ 

(in millions) 
301 
7 
(162)   
— 
— 
— 
(8)   
— 
— 
(3)   

  $ 

135 
16% 

365 
8 
(144) 
(68) 
— 
— 
(280) 
— 
— 
9 
(110)
(11)%

Agilent  enjoys  tax  holidays  in  several  different  jurisdictions,  most  significantly  in  Singapore.  The  tax 
holidays  provide  lower  rates  of  taxation  on  certain  classes  of  income  and  require  various  thresholds  of 
investments  and  employment  or  specific  types  of  income  in  those  jurisdictions.  The  tax  holidays  are  due  for 
renewal  between  2015  and  2023.  The  Keysight  entity  in  Singapore  has  not  obtained  a  tax  holiday  to  date.  
Accordingly, income tax expense has been recorded on its fourth quarter earnings at the statutory rate. As a result 
of the incentives, the impact of the tax holidays decreased income taxes by $76 million, $127 million, and $122 
million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The benefit of the tax holidays on net income per share (diluted) 
was approximately $0.23, $0.37, and $0.35 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

For 2014, the effective tax rate was 22 percent .The 22 percent effective tax rate is lower than the U.S. 
statutory  rate  primarily  due  to  the  mix  of  earnings  in  non-U.S.  jurisdictions  taxed  at  lower  statutory  rates;  in 
particular Singapore where we enjoy tax holidays. In the fourth quarter we recorded an out of period tax expense 
of  $13  million  tax  for  corrections  to  U.S.  deferred  taxes.    In  the  third  quarter  we  recorded  out  of  period 
adjustments consisting of a $9 million tax benefit related to the correction of the tax basis of land in the UK and a 
$3 million tax expense to correct tax related balance sheet accounts. In the second quarter we recorded an out of 
period  adjustment  to  tax  expense  of  approximately  $12  million  for  correction  of  transfer  pricing  for  tax  years 
2012 and 2013.  These corrections are not considered material to current or prior periods. The effective tax rate 
increased by  6  percent over  the previous  year  primarily  due  to  lower  earnings  in non-US jurisdictions  taxed  a 
lower statutory rates, the out of period adjustments listed above and the impact of non-deductible costs related to 
the separation of Keysight of $17 million. 

For 2013, the effective tax rate was 16 percent. The 16 percent effective tax rate is lower than the U.S. 
statutory  rate  primarily  due  to  the  mix  of  earnings  in  non-U.S.  jurisdictions  taxed  at  lower  statutory  rates;  in 
particular  Singapore  where  we  enjoy  tax  holidays.  The  effective  tax  rate  also  included  a  $12  million  out-of-
period adjustment to increase tax expense, recognized in the second quarter of 2013, associated with the write off 
of deferred tax assets related to foreign tax credits incorrectly claimed in prior years. 

For 2012, the effective tax was a benefit of 11 percent.  The 11 percent effective tax rate benefit reflected 
tax on earnings in jurisdictions that had low effective tax rates and includes a $280 million tax benefit due to the 
reversal  of  a  valuation  allowance  for  most  U.S.  federal  and  state  deferred  tax  assets.  Valuation  allowances 
require an assessment of both positive and negative evidence when determining whether it is more likely than not 
that deferred tax assets are recoverable. Such assessment is required on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. In the 
fourth  quarter  of  2012,  management  concluded  that  the  valuation  allowance  for  most  of Agilent's  U.S.  federal 
and  state  deferred  tax  assets  was  no  longer  needed  primarily  due  to  the  emergence  from  cumulative  losses  in 
recent  years,  the  return  to  sustainable  U.S.  operating  profits  and  the  expectation  of  sustainable  profitability  in 
future  periods.  As  of  October 31,  2012,  the  cumulative  positive  evidence  outweighed  the  negative  evidence 

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
regarding the likelihood that most of the deferred tax asset for Agilent's U.S. consolidated income tax group will 
be  realized. Accordingly,  the  Company  recognized  a  non-recurring  tax  benefit  of  $280  million  relating  to  the 
valuation  allowance  reversal.  The  effective  tax  rate  also  included  a  non-recurring  tax  expense  of  $88  million 
relating to an increase in the overall residual U.S. tax expected to be imposed upon the repatriation of unremitted 
foreign earnings previously considered permanently reinvested. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company 
assessed the forecasted cash needs and the overall financial position of its foreign subsidiaries and determined 
that  a  portion  of  previously  permanently  reinvested  earnings  would  no  longer  be  reinvested  overseas.  The 
effective  tax  rate  was  also  reduced  by  a  $68  million  tax  benefit  primarily  associated  with  the  recognition  of 
previously unrecognized tax benefits and the reversal of the related interest accruals due to the reassessment of 
certain uncertain tax positions relating to foreign jurisdictions. 

The  breakdown  between  current  and  long-term  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  excluding  deferred  tax 

assets and liabilities, was as follows for the years 2014 and 2013: 

Current income tax assets (included within other current assets) 
Long-term income tax assets (included within other assets) 
Current income tax liabilities (included within other accrued liabilities) 
Long-term income tax liabilities (included within other long-term liabilities) 
Total 

October 31, 

2014 

2013

(in millions) 
99    $ 
48   
(151)   
(289)   
(293)    $ 

42
34
(48)
(341)
(313)

$

$

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax 
law and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions. Although the guidance on the accounting for uncertainty in 
income  taxes  prescribes  the  use  of  a  recognition  and  measurement  model,  the  determination  of  whether  an 
uncertain tax position has met those thresholds will continue to require significant judgment by management. In 
accordance  with  the  guidance  on  the  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes,  for  all  U.S.  and  other  tax 
jurisdictions, we recognize potential liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on our estimate of whether, 
and the extent to which, additional taxes and interest will be due. The ultimate resolution of tax uncertainties may 
differ from what is currently estimated, which could result in a material impact on income tax expense. If our 
estimate  of  income  tax  liabilities  proves  to  be  less  than  the  ultimate  assessment,  a  further  charge  to  expense 
would be required. If events occur and the payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the 
reversal  of  the  liabilities  would  result  in  tax  benefits  being  recognized  in  the  period  when  we  determine  the 
liabilities are no longer necessary. 

The  aggregate  changes  in  the  balances  of  our  unrecognized  tax  benefits  including  all  federal,  state  and 

foreign tax jurisdictions are as follows: 

Balance, beginning of year 
Additions for acquisitions 
Additions for tax positions related to the current year 
Additions for tax positions from prior years 
Reductions for tax positions from prior years 
Settlements with taxing authorities 
Statute of limitations expirations 

Balance, end of year 

2014 

2013 

2012 

(in millions) 

$

$

516 $
—
47
16
(144)
(2)
(9)
424 $

464    $ 
—    
53    
11    
(6 )  
(3 )  
(3 )  
516    $ 

469
—
56
40
(90)
(2)
(9)
464

As  of  October 31,  2014,  we  had  $424  million  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  of  which  $405  million,  if 

recognized, would affect our effective tax rate.  

51

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We recognized a tax benefit of $10 million, a tax expense of $5 million and a tax benefit $4 million of 
interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  in  2014,  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  Interest  and 
penalties accrued as of October 31, 2014 and 2013 were $29 million and $39 million, respectively. 

In  the  U.S.,  tax  years  remain  open  back  to  the  year  2008  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  and  the  year 
2000 for significant states. On January 29, 2014 we reached an agreement with the IRS for the tax years 2006 
through 2007. The settlement resulted in the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits of $160 million, 
offset by a tax liability on foreign distributions of approximately $148 million principally related to additional 
foreign  earnings  that  was  recognized  in  conjunction  with  the  settlement.    Agilent's  U.S.  federal  income  tax 
returns for 2008 through 2011 are currently under audit by the IRS.  

In  connection  with  the  settlement  of  the  2006-2007  IRS  audit,  we  identified  during  the  first  quarter  of 
fiscal  year  2014  an  overstatement  of  approximately  $65  million  in  our  long-term  tax  liabilities.  The 
overstatement was recorded in 2008 as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle when we adopted 
Accounting Standard Codification 740-10, Income Taxes. Accordingly, we corrected the error by reducing long-
term  tax  liabilities  and  increasing  retained  earnings  by  $65  million  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2014.  The 
correction had no impact on net income or cash flows in any prior period and is not considered material to total 
liabilities or equity in any prior period. 

In  other  major  jurisdictions  where  the  company  conducts  business,  the  tax  years  generally  remain  open 
back  to  the  year  2003.   With  these  jurisdictions  and  the  U.S.,  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  there  could  be 
significant changes to our unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months due to either the expiration of a 
statute  of  limitation  or  a  tax  audit  settlement.   Given  the  number  of  years  and  numerous  matters  that  remain 
subject  to  examination  in  various  tax  jurisdictions,  management  is  unable  to  estimate  the  range  of  possible 
changes to the balance of our unrecognized tax benefits. 

6. NET INCOME PER SHARE 

The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted net income 

per share computations for the periods presented below. 

Numerator: 

Net income 
Denominators: 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

(in millions) 

$

504 $

724    $ 

1,153

Basic weighted average shares 
Potential common shares — stock options and other 
employee stock plans 
Diluted weighted average shares 

333

5
338

341   

4
345   

348

5
353

The dilutive effect of share-based awards is reflected in diluted net income per share by application of the 
treasury stock method, which includes consideration of unamortized share-based compensation expense, the tax 
benefits  or  shortfalls  charged  to  additional  paid-in  capital  and  the  dilutive  effect  of  in-the-money  options  and 
non-vested  restricted  stock  units.  Under  the  treasury  stock  method,  the  amount  the  employee  must  pay  for 
exercising  stock  options  and  unamortized  share-based  compensation  expense  and  tax  benefits  or  shortfalls 
collectively are assumed proceeds to be used to repurchase hypothetical shares. An increase in the fair market 
value of the company's common stock can result in a greater dilutive effect from potentially dilutive awards. The 
total  number  of  share-based  awards  issued  in  2014,  2013  and  2012  were  6  million,  6  million  and  5  million, 
respectively. 

We exclude stock options with exercise prices greater than the average market price of our common stock 
from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would be anti-dilutive. For 2014, 2013 and 
2012, options to purchase 1,500, 4,200 and 436,500 shares respectively were excluded from the calculation of 

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
diluted earnings per share. In addition, we also exclude from the calculation of diluted earnings per share, stock 
options,  ESPP,  LTPP  and  restricted  stock  awards  whose  combined  exercise  price,  unamortized  fair  value  and 
excess  tax  benefits  or  shortfalls  collectively  were  greater  than  the  average  market  price  of  our  common  stock 
because their effect would also be anti-dilutive.  For the year ended 2014, 2013 and 2012, options to purchase 
383,200,  18,300  and  1,544,600  shares  respectively  were  excluded  from  the  calculation  of  diluted  earnings  per 
share. 

7. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION 

Net cash paid for income taxes was $131 million in 2014, $110 million in 2013, and $86 million in 2012. 

Cash paid for interest was $142 million in 2014, $112 million in 2013 and $111 million in 2012. 

8. INVENTORY 

Finished goods 
Purchased parts and fabricated assemblies 
Inventory 

October 31, 

2014 

2013 

(in millions) 
585 $ 
487
1,072 $ 

552  
514 
1,066  

$

$

Inventory-related excess and obsolescence charges of $79 million were recorded in total cost of products 
in  2014,  $48  million  in  2013  and  $30  million  in  2012,  respectively.  We  record  excess  and  obsolete  inventory 
charges for both inventory on our site as well as inventory at our contract manufacturers and suppliers where we 
have non-cancellable purchase commitments. 

On November 1, 2014 we transferred approximately $498 million of inventory to Keysight. 

9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET 

Land 
Buildings and leasehold improvements 
Machinery and equipment 
Software 

Total property, plant and equipment 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization 
Property, plant and equipment, net 

October 31, 

2014 

2013 

(in millions) 
120     $ 

1,341   
1,054   
410   
2,925   
(1,824)  
1,101     $ 

131
1,330
1,019
398
2,878
(1,744)
1,134

$

$

Asset  impairments other  than  related  to our  exit of  the NMR  business were  zero  in 2014,  $3  million  in 
2013 and zero in 2012. Asset impairments in connection with the exit of the NMR business were $7 million in 
2014. Depreciation expenses were $194 million in 2014, $181 million in 2013 and $171 million in 2012.  

For  the  year  ended  October  31,  2012  we  recorded  $15  million  of  accelerated  depreciation  related  to  a 
building  classified  as  held  and  used.  In  accordance  with  the  accounting  guidance,  it  was  determined  that  the 
building  had  been  abandoned  and  an  assessment  was  made  of  the  remaining  useful  life  of  the  building.  The 
building was written down to its fair value. On April 30, 2014, Agilent entered into a binding sales contract with 
real estate developers to sell land in the U.K. The contract calls for proportionate transfers and payments of three 
separate  land  tracts  totaling  approximately  $34  million  in  May  2014,  November  2015  and  November  2016. 
Under  the  authoritative  accounting  guidance  the  full  accrual  method  will  be  used  to  account  for  these 
transactions and gains on the sales recognized at each sale and payment date. In the year ended October 31, 2014 

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
we recognized $11 million gain on sale of land in respect of the first of three land tracts in selling, general and 
administrative  expenses.  The  property  transfers  to  Keysight  at  distribution  and  the  two  remaining  future 
payments  in  November  2015  and  November  2016  from  the  developers  will  become  due  to  and  collected  by 
Keysight.  

On November 1, 2014 approximately $470 million of net book value of property plant and equipment was 

transferred to Keysight. 

10. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The goodwill balances at October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the movements in 2014 and 2013 for each 

of our reportable segments are shown in the table below: 

Goodwill as of October 31, 2012 
Foreign currency translation impact 
Goodwill arising from acquisitions 
Goodwill as of October 31, 2013 
Foreign currency translation impact 
Goodwill arising from acquisitions 
Goodwill as of October 31, 2014 

Life Sciences 
and 
Diagnostics 

Chemical 
Analysis 

Electronic 
Measurement   

Total 

$

$

$

1,807 $
63
13
1,883 $
(116)
—
1,767 $

(in millions)
751 $
(10)
4
745 $
(5)
—
740 $

467    $ 
(47)  
(1)  
419    $ 
(32)  
5   
392    $ 

3,025
6
16
3,047
(153)
5
2,899

As of September 30, 2014, we assessed goodwill impairment for our reporting units and no impairment of 

goodwill was indicated. 

The  component  parts  of  other  intangible  assets  at  October 31,  2014  and  2013  are  shown  in  the  table 

below: 

As of October 31, 2013: 
Purchased technology 
Trademark/Tradename 
Customer relationships 

Total amortizable intangible assets 

In-Process R&D 

Total 

As of October 31, 2014: 
Purchased technology 
Trademark/Tradename 
Customer relationships 

Total amortizable intangible assets 

In-Process R&D 

Total 

Other Intangible Assets 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 
and Impairments   
(in millions)

Net Book 
Value 

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,019 $
176
401
1,596 $
35
1,631 $

1,005 $
168
400
1,573 $
18
1,591 $

460    $ 
40   
215   
715    $ 
—   
715    $ 

589    $ 
53   
282   
924    $ 
—   
924    $ 

559
136
186
881
35
916

416
115
118
649
18
667

In 2014, we recorded additions to goodwill and intangible assets of $5 million and $6 million, respectively 
related to the acquisition of one business.  During the year, we also recorded $42 million of foreign exchange 

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
translation  impact  decreasing  the  other  intangibles.  In  addition,  we  transferred $11  million  excluding  currency 
movements from in-process R&D to purchased technology in the year ended October 31, 2014, as projects were 
completed.  In  2014,  we  recorded  $12  million  of  impairment  of  other  intangibles  due  to  the  exit  of  the  NMR 
business.    In  addition,  we  recorded  $4  million,  $1  million  and  $1  million  of  impairments  of  other  intangibles 
related  to  the  cancellation  of  in-process  research  and  development  projects  during  2014,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively.  

In 2013,  we recorded  additions  to  goodwill  of  $16  million  related  to  the  acquisition of  four  businesses.  
During the year, we also recorded $5 million of additions and adjustments to other intangibles mostly related to 
the same four businesses. We recorded $25 million of foreign exchange translation impact to other intangibles in 
2013.  The  $158  million  decrease  in  in-process  R&D  was  largely  due  to  the  completion  of  projects  in  our  life 
sciences and diagnostics segment. 

Amortization  of  intangible  assets  was  $197  million  in  2014,  $199  million  in  2013,  and  $136  million  in 
2012. Future amortization expense related to finite-lived existing purchased intangible assets is estimated to be 
$173 million in 2015, $147 million for 2016, $101 million for 2017, $67 million for 2018, $51 million for 2019, 
and $110 million thereafter. 

11. INVESTMENTS 

Equity Investments 

The following table summarizes the company's equity investments as of October 31, 2014 and 2013 (net 

book value): 

Long-Term 
Cost method investments 
Trading securities 
Available-for-sale investments 
Equity method investments 

Total 

October 31, 

2014 

2013 

(in millions) 

$

$

40     $ 
48   
35   
36   
159     $ 

44
51
25
19
139

Cost method investments consist of non-marketable equity securities and two funds and are accounted for 
at historical cost. Trading securities are reported at fair value, with gains or losses resulting from changes in fair 
value  recognized  currently  in  earnings.  Investments  designated  as  available-for-sale  are  reported  at  fair  value, 
with  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  net  of  tax,  included  in  stockholders'  equity.  Equity  method  investments  are 
reported at the amount of the company’s initial investment and adjusted each period for the company’s share of 
the investee’s income or loss and dividend paid. 

Investments in available-for-sale securities at estimated fair value were as follows as of October 31, 2014 

and 2013: 

October 31, 2014 

October 31, 2013 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized  
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized  
Losses 

Estimated
Fair  
Value 

Cost 

Equity securities 

15   
15     $ 

20   
20    $

—
— $

  $ 

(in millions)

35
35

$

15
15

$

10   
10    $ 

— 
—  $

25
25

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All  of  our  investments,  excluding  trading  securities,  are  subject  to  periodic  impairment  review.  The 
impairment  analysis  requires  significant  judgment  to  identify  events  or  circumstances  that  would  likely  have 
significant  adverse  effect  on  the  future  value  of  the  investment.  We  consider  various  factors  in  determining 
whether  an  impairment  is  other-than-temporary,  including  the  severity  and  duration  of  the  impairment, 
forecasted recovery, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, and our ability and intent to 
hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. 

Amounts  included  in  other  income  (expense),  net  for  realized  gains  on  the  sale  of  available-for-sale 

securities and the appropriate share of loss on equity method investments were as follows: 

Available-for-sale investments — realized gain 
Equity method investments - share of losses 

$

1 $
(7) $

1    $ 
(2)   $ 

2
—

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

(in millions) 

2012 

Net unrealized gains on our trading securities portfolio were $3 million in 2014, $8 million in 2013 and $5 

million in 2012. 

Realized gains from the sale of cost method securities were zero for 2014, zero for 2013 and $2 million 

for 2012. Proceeds from the sale of cost method investments were zero in 2014 and $11 million in 2013. 

Investments in Leases 

In  February  2001,  we  sold  a  parcel  of  surplus  land  in  San  Jose,  California  for  $287  million  in  cash.  In 
August 2001, we acquired a long-term leasehold interest in several municipal properties in southern California. 
In  2002,  we  received  $237  million  in  non-refundable  prepaid  rent  related  to  the  leasehold  interests  described 
above.  

In December 2011, we terminated our leasehold interest in the municipal properties, received $80 million 

in cash and recognized a loss of approximately $2 million. 

12. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

The authoritative guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or 
paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When 
determining  the  fair  value  measurements  for  assets  and  liabilities  required  or  permitted  to  be  recorded  at  fair 
value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market and assumptions that market participants would 
use when pricing the asset or liability. 

Fair Value Hierarchy 

The  guidance  establishes  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  the  use  of  inputs  used  in  valuation 
techniques into three levels. A financial instrument's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon 
the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair  value measurement. There are three levels of inputs that 
may be used to measure fair value: 

Level 1 — applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical 

assets or liabilities. 

Level 2  —  applies  to  assets  or  liabilities  for  which  there  are  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  included 
within level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, for the asset or liability such as: quoted prices for 

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
similar  assets  or  liabilities  in  active  markets;  quoted  prices  for  identical  or  similar  assets  or  liabilities  in  less 
active markets; or other inputs that can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data. 

Level 3  —  applies  to  assets  or  liabilities  for  which  there  are  unobservable  inputs  to  the  valuation 

methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities. 

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis 

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of October 31, 2014 were as 

follows: 

Assets: 

Short-term 

Fair Value Measurement at 
October 31, 2014 Using 

October 31, 
 2014 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

(in millions)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Cash equivalents (money market funds)  $
Derivative instruments (foreign 
exchange contracts)

1,751 $

1,751 $

19

—

Long-term 

Trading securities 
Available-for-sale investments 
Total assets measured at fair value 
Liabilities: 

Short-term 

Derivative instruments (foreign 
exchange contracts) 

Long-term 

Deferred compensation liability 

Total liabilities measured at fair value 

$

$

$

48
35
1,853 $

48
35
1,834 $

7 $

48
55 $

— $

—
— $

—    $ 

19

—   
—   
19    $ 

7

  $ 

48   
55    $ 

—

—

—
—
—

—

—
—

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
     
Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of October 31, 2013 were as 

follows: 

Fair Value Measurement at 
October 31, 2013 Using 

October 31,
 2013 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

(in millions)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Assets: 

Short-term 

Cash equivalents (money market funds)  $

1,968 $

1,968 $

Derivative instruments (foreign 
exchange contracts) 

Long-term 

Trading securities 
Available-for-sale investments 
Total assets measured at fair value 
Liabilities: 

Short-term 

Derivative instruments (foreign 
exchange contracts) 

Long-term 

Deferred compensation liability 

Total liabilities measured at fair value 

$

$

$

7

—

51
25
2,051 $

51
25
2,044 $

6 $

51
57 $

— $

—
— $

—    $ 

7 

—    
—    
7    $ 

6

  $ 

51    
57    $ 

—

—

—
—
—

—

—
—

Our money market funds, trading securities, and available-for-sale investments are generally valued using 
quoted  market  prices  and  therefore  are  classified  within  level 1  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  Our  derivative 
financial instruments are classified within level 2, as there is not an active market for each hedge contract, but the 
inputs  used  to  calculate  the  value  of  the  instruments  are  tied  to  active  markets.  Our  deferred  compensation 
liability is classified as level 2 because although the values are not directly based on quoted market prices, the 
inputs used in the calculations are observable. 

Trading  securities  and  deferred  compensation  liability  are  reported  at  fair  value,  with  gains  or  losses 
resulting from changes in fair value recognized currently in net income. Investments designated as available-for-
sale  and  certain  derivative  instruments  are  reported  at  fair  value,  with  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  net  of  tax, 
included in stockholders' equity. Realized gains and losses from the sale of these instruments are recorded in net 
income. 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis 

Long-Lived Assets 

For  assets  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  non-recurring  basis,  the  following  table  summarizes  the 

impairments included in net income for the years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012: 

Long-lived assets held and used 
Long-lived assets held for sale 

Years Ended 
October 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

(in millions) 

$
$

23 $
— $

2     $ 
1     $ 

1
—

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
Long-lived  assets  held  and  used with  a  carrying  amount  of  $23  million  were  written  down  to  their  fair 
value of zero, resulting in an impairment charge of $23 million, which was included in net income for 2014. The 
impairment  charge  for  2014  includes  $19  million  relating  to  the  exit  of  a  business  and  $4  million  related  to 
various IPR&D projects that were written down to their fair value of zero. Long-lived assets held and used with a 
carrying amount of $2 million were written down to their fair value of zero, resulting in an impairment charge of 
$2 million, which was included in net income for 2013. Long-lived assets held and used with a carrying amount 
of  $1  million  were  written  down  to  their  fair  value  of  zero,  resulting  in  an  impairment  charge  of  $1  million, 
which was included in net income for 2012.  

There were no impairments of long-lived assets held for sale in 2014. Long-lived assets held for sale with 
a carrying amount of $3 million were written down to their fair value of $2 million, resulting in an impairment 
charge of $1 million which was included in net income for 2013. There were no impairments of long-lived assets 
held for sale in 2012. 

Fair values for the impaired long-lived assets were measured using level 2 and level 3 inputs. 

13. DERIVATIVES 

We  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations  and  interest  rate  changes  in  the  normal 
course of our business. As part of risk management strategy, we use derivative instruments, primarily forward 
contracts, purchased options, and interest rate swaps, to hedge economic and/or accounting exposures resulting 
from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. 

Fair Value Hedges 

We are exposed to interest rate risk due to the mismatch between the interest expense we pay on our loans 
at  fixed  rates  and  the  variable  rates  of  interest  we  receive  from  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  other  short-term 
investments. We have issued long-term debt in U.S. dollars at fixed interest rates based on the market conditions 
at  the  time  of  financing.  The  fair  value  of  our  fixed  rate  debt  changes  when  the  underlying  market  rates  of 
interest change, and, in the past, we have used interest rate swaps to change our fixed interest rate payments to 
U.S.  dollar  LIBOR-based  variable  interest  expense  to  match  the  floating  interest  income  from  our  cash,  cash 
equivalents and other short term investments. As of October 31, 2014, all interest rate swap contracts had either 
been terminated or had expired.  

On November 25, 2008, we terminated two interest rate swap contracts associated with our 2017 senior 
notes that represented the notional amount of $400 million. The asset value, including interest receivable, upon 
termination was approximately $43 million and the amount to be amortized at October 31, 2014 was $3 million. 
On  August 9,  2011,  we  terminated  five  interest  rate  swap  contracts  related  to  our  2020  senior  notes  that 
represented the notional amount of $500 million. The asset value, including interest receivable, upon termination 
for these contracts was approximately $34 million and the amount to be amortized at October 31, 2014 was $22 
million. All deferred gains from terminated interest rate swaps are being amortized over the remaining life of the 
respective  senior  notes.  On  July  14,  2014  we  prepaid  our  2015  senior  notes  and  amortized  the  remaining  $8 
million  of  deferred  gain  on  the  terminated  interest  rate  swap  related  to  those  senior  notes  to  other  income 
(expense), net. On October 20, 2014 we prepaid $500 million out of $600 million principal of our 2017 senior 
notes and amortized $14 million of the total $17 million deferred gain on the terminated interest rate swap related 
to those senior notes to other income (expense), net. For more information see Note 19, "Long-term debt". 

Cash Flow Hedges 

We  enter  into  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  hedge  our  forecasted  operational  cash  flow  exposures 
resulting  from  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  These  foreign  exchange  contracts,  carried  at  fair 
value, have maturities between one and twelve months. These derivative instruments are designated and qualify 
as cash flow hedges under the criteria prescribed in the authoritative guidance. The changes in the fair value of 
the  effective  portion  of  the  derivative  instrument  are  recognized  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income. 
Amounts  associated  with  cash  flow  hedges  are  reclassified  to  cost  of  sales  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 

59

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
operations when the forecasted transaction occurs. If it becomes probable that the forecasted transaction will not 
occur,  the  hedge  relationship  will  be  de-designated  and  amounts  accumulated  in  other  comprehensive  income 
will be reclassified to other income (expense) in the current period. Changes in the fair value of the ineffective 
portion  of  derivative  instruments  are  recognized  in  other  income  (expense)  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
operations in the current period. We record the premium paid (time value) of an option on the date of purchase as 
an asset. For options designated as cash flow hedges, changes in the time value are excluded from the assessment 
of  hedge  effectiveness  and  are  recognized  in  other  income  (expense)  over  the  life  of  the  option  contract. 
Ineffectiveness in 2014, 2013 and 2012 was not significant. For the year ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
gains and losses recognized in earnings due to de-designation of cash flow hedge contracts were not significant. 

In  July  2012,  Agilent  executed  treasury  lock  agreements  for  $400  million  in  connection  with  future 
interest  payments  to  be  made  on  our  2022  senior  notes  issued  on  September  10,  2012.    We  designated  the 
treasury lock as a cash flow hedge. The treasury lock contracts were terminated on September 10, 2012 and we 
recognized a deferred gain in accumulated other comprehensive income of $3 million to be amortized to interest 
expense over the life of the 2022 senior notes.  

Other Hedges 

Additionally,  we  enter  into  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  hedge  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  that  are 
denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  functional  currency  of  our  subsidiaries.  These  foreign  exchange 
contracts are carried at fair value and do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are not designated as 
hedging  instruments.  Changes  in  value  of  the  derivative  are  recognized  in  other  income  (expense)  in  the 
consolidated statement of operations, in the current period, along with the offsetting foreign currency gain or loss 
on the underlying assets or liabilities. 

In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  Dako,  Agilent  entered  into  several  foreign  currency  forward 
contracts  to  mitigate  the  currency  exchange  risk  associated  with  the  payment  of  the  purchase  price  in  Danish 
Krone and the repayment of debt in multiple currencies. The aggregate notional amount of the currencies hedged 
was $1.7 billion. These foreign exchange contracts did not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and were not 
designated as hedging instruments. The resulting loss on settlement, on the date of acquisition, was $14 million 
and  was  recorded  in  other  income  (expense)  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations  for  the  year  ended 
October 31, 2012.  

Our  use  of  derivative  instruments  exposes  us  to  credit  risk  to  the  extent  that  the  counterparties  may  be 
unable  to  meet  the  terms  of  the  agreement.  We  do,  however,  seek  to  mitigate  such  risks  by  limiting  our 
counterparties to  major financial institutions which are selected based on their credit ratings and other factors. 
We  have  established  policies  and  procedures  for  mitigating  credit  risk  that  include  establishing  counterparty 
credit limits, monitoring credit exposures, and continually assessing the creditworthiness of counterparties. 

A  number  of  our  derivative  agreements  contain  threshold  limits  to  the  net  liability  position  with 
counterparties and are dependent on our corporate credit rating determined by the major credit rating agencies. 
The  counterparties  to  the  derivative  instruments  may  request  collateralization,  in  accordance  with  derivative 
agreements, on derivative instruments in net liability positions. 

The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were 
in  a  net  liability  position  as  of  October 31,  2014,  was  $2  million.  The  credit-risk-related  contingent  features 
underlying these agreements had not been triggered as of October 31, 2014. 

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There were 127 foreign exchange forward contracts and 7 foreign exchange option contracts open as of 
October 31, 2014 and designated as cash flow hedges. There were 220 foreign exchange forward contracts open 
as of October 31, 2014 not designated as hedging instruments. The aggregated U.S. Dollar notional amounts by 
currency and designation as of October 31, 2014 were as follows: 

Currency 

Euro 
British Pound 
Canadian Dollar 
Australian Dollars 
Malaysian Ringgit 
Japanese Yen 
Other 

Derivatives in 
Cash Flow 
Hedging Relationships 

Forward 
Contracts 

Buy/(Sell)

Option 
Contracts 

Buy/(Sell)

(in millions)

Derivatives 
Not 
Designated 
as Hedging 
Instruments 

Forward 
Contracts 

Buy/(Sell) 

$

$

(37) $
(20)
(34)
6
91
(140)
(27)
(161) $

—     $ 
—   
—   
—   
—   
(50)  
—   
(50 )   $ 

207
48
(1)
18
15
(5)
45
327

 Derivative instruments are subject to master netting arrangements and are disclosed gross in the balance 
sheet  in  accordance  with  the  authoritative  guidance.  The  gross  fair  values  and  balance  sheet  location  of 
derivative instruments held in the consolidated balance sheet as of October 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows: 

Asset Derivatives 

Liability Derivatives 

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments 

Balance Sheet Location 

Derivatives designated as 
hedging instruments: 
Cash flow hedges 
Foreign exchange contracts 

Other current assets 

Derivatives not designated as 
hedging instruments: 
Foreign exchange contracts 

Other current assets 

Total derivatives 

Fair Value 

October 31, 
 2014 

October 31, 
2013

(in millions) 

Balance Sheet Location 

Fair Value 

October 31, 
 2014 

October 31, 
2013

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

16 $
16 $

4 Other accrued liabilities 
4

  $ 
  $ 

3 $
19 $

3 Other accrued liabilities 
7

  $ 
  $ 

2    $
2    $

5    $
7    $

4
4

2
6

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
     
   
 
 
   
     
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
     
 
The  effect  of  derivative  instruments  for  interest  rate  swap  contracts  and  for  foreign  exchange  contracts 
designated as hedging instruments and not designated as hedging instruments in our consolidated statement of 
operations were as follows: 

2014 

2013 

(in millions) 

2012 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: 
Fair Value Hedges 

Gain on interest rate swap contracts, including interest accrual, 
recognized in interest expense 
Gain (loss) on hedged item, recognized in interest expense 

$
$

Cash Flow Hedges 

Gain recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income  $
Gain (loss) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive 
income into cost of sales 
Treasury Lock Agreements 
Gain recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income  $

$

— $
— $

13 $

(1) $

— $

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: 
Gain (loss) recognized in other income (expense), net 

$

(19) $

—
  $ 
—    $ 

10    $ 

13

  $ 

—    $ 

7    $ 

—
3

7

8

3

(34)

The  estimated  net  amount  of  existing  loss  at  October 31,  2014  that  is  expected  to  be  reclassified  from 

other comprehensive income to the cost of sales within the next twelve months is $13 million. 

14. RESTRUCTURING AND EXIT OF NMR BUSINESS 

Exit of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance ("NMR") Business. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014, we 
made  the  decision  to  cease  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  our  NMR  product  line  within  our  life  sciences  and 
diagnostics segment. The exit of the NMR business was primarily due to the lack of growth and profitability of 
the  product  line.    In  connection  with  the  business  exit,    we  have  recorded  approximately  $68  million  in 
restructuring  and  other  related  costs  associated  with  the  closure  of  NMR.      These  costs  are  comprised  of 
severance  and  other  personnel  costs  related  to  the  workforce  reduction  of  approximately  300  employees 
primarily  located  in  the  United  Kingdom  and  California  and  non-cash  charges  related  to  intangible  asset 
impairments  and  other  asset  write-downs  including  inventory.  We  expect  to  substantially  complete  these 
restructuring activities by the end of fiscal 2016. As of October 31, 2014, substantially all employees are pending 
termination under the above actions.  

A summary of total “NMR” restructuring activity and other special charges is shown in the table below: 

Workforce 
Reduction 

Impairments of 
Building and Other 
Assets 

Special Charges 
Related to Inventory 
and Others 

Total 

Balance as of October 31, 2013 

Income statement expense 
Asset impairments/inventory charges 
Cash payments 

Balance as of October 31, 2014 

$

$

— $
16
—
(2)
14 $

(in millions)
— $
19
(19)
—
— $

—  $ 
33 
(30) 
— 
3  $ 

—
68
(49)
(2)
17

The  restructuring  and  other  special  accruals  related  to  the  NMR  closure,  which  totaled  $17  million  at 
October  31,  2014,  are  recorded  in  other  accrued  liabilities  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet.    These  balances 
reflect estimated future cash outlays. 

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring. In the second quarter of 2013, in response to slow revenue growth due to macroeconomic 
conditions, we accrued for a targeted restructuring program that is expected to reduce Agilent's total headcount 
by approximately 450 regular employees, representing approximately 2 percent of our global workforce. In the 
fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, Agilent announced plans to separate the electronic measurement business from 
Agilent which was completed on November 1, 2014.  As a result, approximately 50 employees from the targeted 
restructuring plan have been redeployed within the company, reducing the total headcount under this plan to 400 
employees.  The timing and scope of workforce reductions will vary based on local legal requirements. When 
completed,  the  restructuring program  is  expected  to result  in  a  reduction  in  annual  cost  of  sales  and  operating 
expenses.  

As  previously  announced,  we  are  streamlining  our  manufacturing  operations.  As  part  of  this  action,  we 

anticipate the reduction of approximately 250 positions to reduce our annual cost of sales.  

Total  headcount  reductions  from  targeted  restructuring  and  manufacturing  streamlining  will  be 
approximately  650  positions.  Within  the  U.S.,  we  have  substantially  completed  these  restructuring  activities. 
Internationally, we expect to complete these restructuring activities by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2015. 
As of October 31, 2014, approximately 70 employees, including Keysight employees, are pending termination 
under the above actions. 

A summary of total restructuring accrual activity is shown in the table below: 

Balance as of October 31, 2012 

Income statement expense 
Cash payments 

Balance as of October 31, 2013 

Income statement reversal 
Cash payments 

Balance as of October 31, 2014 

Workforce 
Reduction 

(in millions) 

—
53
(29)
24
(4)
(17)
3

$ 

$ 

$ 

The  restructuring  reversal  of  4  million  recorded  during  fiscal  year  2014  related  to  approximately  50 
employees  that  had  been  redeployed  within  the  company  as  a  result  of  the  separation  announcement.  The 
restructuring accruals, which totaled $3 million at October 31, 2014, are recorded in other accrued liabilities on 
the consolidated balance sheet. These balances reflect estimated future cash outlays. 

A summary of the charges in the consolidated statement of operations resulting from the NMR closure and 

restructuring plan is shown below: 

Cost of products and services 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Total restructuring, asset impairments and other special charges

63

Year Ended 

October 31, 

2014 

Year Ended 

October 31, 

2013 

$

$

(in millions) 
45     $ 
4   
15   
64     $ 

19
9
25
53

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. RETIREMENT PLANS AND POST RETIREMENT PENSION PLANS 

General.    Substantially  all  of  our  employees  are  covered  under  various  defined  benefit  and/or  defined 
contribution retirement plans. Additionally, we sponsor post-retirement health care benefits for our eligible U.S. 
employees. 

Agilent  provides  U.S.  employees,  who  meet  eligibility  criteria  under  the  Agilent  Technologies, Inc. 
Retirement Plan or the Keysight Technologies, Inc.  Retirement Plan (together, the "RP"), defined benefits which 
are  based  on  an  employee's  base  or  target  pay  during  the  years  of  employment  and  on  length  of  service.  For 
eligible service through October 31, 1993, the benefit payable under the Agilent and Keysight Retirement Plans 
is  reduced  by  any  amounts  due  to  the  eligible  employee  under  the  Agilent  and  Keysight  defined  contribution 
Deferred  Profit-Sharing  Plans  (together,  the  "DPSP"),  which  were  closed  to  new  participants  as  of  November 
1993. 

As of October 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of plan assets of the DPSP was $520 million and $552 

million, respectively. Note that the projected benefit obligation for the DPSP equals the fair value of plan assets. 

In  addition  to  the  DPSP,  in  the  U.S.,  Agilent  and  Keysight  each  maintain  a  Supplemental  Benefits 
Retirement Plan ("SBRP"), supplemental unfunded non-qualified defined benefit plans to provide benefits that 
would  be  provided  under  the  RP  but  for  limitations  imposed  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  The  RP  and  the 
SBRP comprise the "U.S. Plans" in the tables below. 

Eligible employees outside the U.S. generally receive retirement benefits under various retirement plans 
based  upon  factors  such  as  years  of  service  and/or  employee  compensation  levels.  Eligibility  is  generally 
determined in accordance with local statutory requirements. 

401(k)  defined  contribution  plan.    Eligible  Agilent  U.S.  employees  may  participate  in  the  Agilent 
Technologies, Inc.  401(k)  Plan.    Beginning  on  August  1,  2014,  Keysight  U.S.  employees  became  eligible  to 
participate in the Keysight Technologies, Inc. 401(k) Plan. Enrollment in the Agilent or Keysight 401(k) Plans is 
automatic for employees who meet eligibility requirements unless they decline participation. Under the 401(k) 
Plan, we provide matching contributions to employees up to a maximum of 4 percent of an employee's annual 
eligible  compensation.    Effective  November  1,  2014,  new  employees,  new  transfers  to  the  U.S.  payroll  and 
rehires  will  be  eligible  for  an  enhanced  6  percent  employer  match  in  the  Agilent  401(k)  Plan  (see  Plan 
Amendments  below).  The  maximum  contribution  to  the  401(k)  Plan  is  50  percent  of  an  employee's  annual 
eligible compensation, subject to regulatory limitations. The 401(k) Plan employer expense included in income 
from operations was $27 million in 2014, $25 million in 2013 and $25 million in 2012. 

Post-retirement  medical  benefit  plans.    In  addition  to  receiving  retirement  benefits,  Agilent  U.S. 
employees  who  meet  eligibility  requirements  as  of  their  termination  date  may  participate  in  the  Agilent 
Technologies, Inc.  Health  Plan  for  Retirees.  Beginning  on  August  1,  2014,  Keysight  U.S.  employees  may 
participate in the Keysight Technologies Inc. Health Plan for Retirees.  Eligible retirees who were less than age 
50  as  of  January 1,  2005  and  who  retire  after  age  55  with  15  or  more  years  of  service  are  eligible  for  a  fixed 
amount which can be utilized to pay for either sponsored plans and/or individual medicare plans. Eligible retirees 
who  were  at  least  age  50  as  of  January 1,  2005  and  who  retire  after  age  55  with  15  or  more  years  of  service 
currently  choose  from  managed-care,  indemnity  options  or  individual  medicare  plans,  with  the  company 
subsidization level or stipend dependent on a number of factors including eligibility and length of service. See 
Plan Amendments below for changes to these benefits. 

Plan  Amendments.   Effective  November  1,  2014, Agilent’s  U.S. defined  benefit  retirement  plan will  be 
closed to new entrants including new employees, new transfers to the U.S. payroll and rehires. These employees 
will instead be eligible for an enhanced 6% employer match in the Agilent 401(k) plan.   In addition, any new 
employee hired on or after November 1, 2014, will not be eligible to participate in the retiree medical plans upon 
retiring. Current eligible employees will continue to participate in the U.S. defined benefit retirement plan and 
retiree medical programs in place today and will remain eligible for the 401(k) plan with the current 4 percent 
employer match.  Retirees will maintain the retirement benefits and retiree medical benefits they are eligible for 
today. 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  April 1,  2011,  changes  to  the  Agilent  Technologies, Inc.  Health  Plan  for  Retirees  were  approved. 
Effective January 1, 2012, employees who were at least age 50 as of January 1, 2005 and who retire after age 55 
with  15  or  more  years  of  service  are  eligible  for  fixed  dollar  subsidies  and  stipends.  Grandfathered  retirees 
receive  a  fixed  monthly  subsidy  toward  pre-65  premium  costs  (subsidy  capped  at  2011  levels)  and  a  fixed 
monthly stipend post-65. The subsidy amounts will not increase. 

Components of net periodic cost.    The company uses alternate methods of amortization as allowed by the 
authoritative  guidance  which  amortizes  the  actuarial  gains  and  losses  on  a  consistent  basis  for  the  years 
presented.  For  U.S.  Plans,  gains  and  losses  are  amortized  over  the  average  future  working  lifetime.  For  most 
Non-U.S. Plans and U.S. Post-Retirement Benefit Plans, gains and losses are amortized using a separate layer for 
each year's gains and losses. For the years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, components of net periodic 
benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income were comprised of: 

Pensions 

U.S. Plans 

Non-U.S. Plans 

  U.S. Post-Retirement Benefit 
Plans 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2014 

2013 

2012 

(in millions)

Net periodic benefit cost (benefit) 

Service cost — benefits earned during the 
period 

$ 

Interest cost on benefit obligation 
Expected return on plan assets 
Amortization of net actuarial loss 
Amortization of prior service benefit 

Total periodic benefit cost (benefit) 
Other changes in plan assets and benefit 
obligations recognized in other 
comprehensive (income) loss 

  $

46 
34   
(64)  
1   
(12)  

$ 

5     $

44 $
24
(51)
13
(12)
18 $

40 $
27
(46)
7
(12)
16 $

36 $
74
(118)
48
(1)
39 $

36 $
68
(97)
55
(1)
61 $

  $ 

33 
74   
(92)  
42   
(1)  
56     $ 

  $ 

3 
12   
(22)  
14   
(35)  
(28 )   $ 

4 $
12
(20)
18
(35)
(21) $

Net actuarial (gain) loss 
Amortization of net actuarial loss 
Prior service cost (benefit) 
Amortization of prior service benefit 
Foreign currency 

$ 

86     $ (122) $
(1)  
—   
12   
—   

(13)
—
12
—

69 $
(7)
—
12
—

173 $
(48)
(2)
1
(28)

(85) $
(55)
—
1
2

214     $ 
(42)  
—   
1   
(5)  

12     $ 
(14)  
—   
35   
—   

(57) $
(18)
—
35
—

3
15
(19)
16
(35)
(20)

22
(16)
—
35
—

Total recognized in other comprehensive 
(income) loss 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost 
(benefit) and other comprehensive (income) 
loss 

$ 

97 

  $ (123) $

74 $

96 $ (137) $

168 

  $ 

33 

  $ 

(40) $

41

$  102 

  $ (105) $

90 $

135 $

(76) $

224 

  $ 

5 

  $ 

(61) $

21

Funded  status.    As  of  October 31,  2014  and  2013,  the  funded  status  of  the  defined  benefit  and  post-

retirement benefit plans was: 

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in fair value of plan assets: 
Fair value — beginning of year 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Participants' contributions 
Benefits paid 
Currency impact 

Fair value — end of year 
Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation — beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Participants' contributions 
Plan amendment 
Actuarial (gain) loss 
Benefits paid 
Currency impact 

Benefit obligation — end of year 

Overfunded (underfunded) status of PBO 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet 
consist of: 
Other assets 
Employee compensation and benefits 
Retirement and post-retirement benefits 
Net asset (liability) 
Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Income (loss): 
Actuarial (gains) losses 
Prior service costs (benefits) 
Total 

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

U.S. Defined 
Benefit Plans 

Non-U.S. Defined 
Benefit Plans 

U.S. 
Post-Retirement 
Benefit Plans

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

(in millions) 

782  $
64 
30 
— 
(39)
— 
837

$

763  $
46 
34 
— 
— 
85 
(39)
— 
889
$
(52) $

654 $ 2,045 $  1,801    $ 
133
30
—
(35)
—
782 $ 2,108 $  2,045    $ 

180
72
3
(62)
(130)

267   
89   
1   
(49)  
(64)  

771 $ 2,199 $  2,117    $ 
36
44
74
24
—
3
(2)
—
236
(41)
(62)
(35)
(140)
—
763 $ 2,344 $  2,199    $ 
(154)   $ 
(236) $ 
19 $

36   
68   
1   
—   
85   
(49)  
(59)  

288 $
18
1
—
(23)
—
284 $

307 $
3
12
—
—
10
(23)
—
309 $
(25) $

—  $
(2)
(50)
(52) $

34 $
(2)
(13)
19 $

70 $ 
—
(306)
(236) $ 

60    $  — $
—   
(214)  
(154)   $ 

—
(25)
(25) $

261
47
1
—
(21)
—
288

343
4
12
—
—
(31)
(21)
—
307
(19)

—
—
(19)
(19)

77  $
(55)
22

$

(8) $

(67)
(75) $

621 $ 
(4)
617 $ 

525    $ 
(4)  
521    $ 

118 $
(149)

(31) $

119
(183)
(64)

In  connection  with  the  separation  of  Keysight  Technologies  on  November  1,  2014,  Agilent  transferred 
certain liabilities and assets of the U.S. and Non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans, and U.S. Post-Retirement 
Benefit Plans to similar plans created for Keysight Technologies employees as follows: 

Fair value of plan assets transferred to Keysight 
Benefit obligation transferred to Keysight 

$
$

U.S. Defined 
Benefit Plans 

Non-U.S. Defined 
Benefit Plans 

U.S. Post-Retirement 
Benefit Plans 

(in millions) 

491 $
514 $

1,318    $ 
1,429    $ 

187
206

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  amounts  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  expected  to  be  recognized  by  Agilent 

(excluding Keysight plans) as components of net expense during 2015 are as follows: 

Amortization of net prior service cost (benefit) 
Amortization of actuarial net loss (gain) 

$
$

U.S. Defined 
Benefit Plans 

Non-U.S. Defined 
Benefit Plans 

U.S. Post-Retirement 
Benefit Plans 

(in millions) 

(5) $
3 $

—    $ 
27    $ 

(12)
6

Investment  policies  and  strategies  as  of  October 31,  2014,  2013  and  2012.    In  the  U.S.,  target  asset 
allocations  for  our  retirement  and  post-retirement  benefit  plans  are  approximately  80  percent  to  equities  and 
approximately  20  percent  to  fixed  income  investments.  Our  DPSP  target  asset  allocation  is  approximately  60 
percent to equities and approximately 40 percent to fixed income investments. Approximately, 5 percent of our 
U.S. equity portfolio consists of limited partnerships. The general investment objective for all our plan assets is 
to obtain the optimum rate of investment return on the total investment portfolio consistent with the assumption 
of a reasonable level of risk. Specific investment objectives for the plans' portfolios are to: maintain and enhance 
the  purchasing  power  of  the  plans'  assets;  achieve  investment  returns  consistent  with  the  level  of  risk  being 
taken;  and  earn  performance  rates  of  return  in  accordance  with  the  benchmarks  adopted  for  each  asset  class. 
Outside the U.S., our target asset allocation is from 37 to 60 percent to equities, from 40 to 60 percent to fixed 
income  investments,  and  from  zero  to  6 percent  to  real  estate  investments  and  from  zero  to  7 percent  to  cash, 
depending on the plan. All plans' assets are broadly diversified. Due to fluctuations in equity markets, our actual 
allocations of plan assets at October 31, 2014 and 2013 differ from the target allocation. Our policy is to bring 
the actual allocation in line with the target allocation. 

Equity securities include exchange-traded common stock and preferred stock of companies from broadly 
diversified industries. Fixed income securities include a global portfolio of corporate bonds of companies from 
diversified  industries,  government  securities,  mortgage-backed  securities,  asset-backed  securities,  derivative 
instruments and other. Other investments include a group trust consisting primarily of private equity partnerships 
as well as other investments. Portions of the cash and cash equivalent, equity, and fixed income investments are 
held in commingled funds. 

Fair  Value.    The  measurement  of  the  fair  value  of  pension  and  post-retirement  plan  assets  uses  the 

valuation methodologies and the inputs as described in Note 12. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Cash and cash equivalents consist of short-term investment funds. The funds 
also  invest  in  short-term  domestic  fixed  income  securities  and  other  securities  with  debt-like  characteristics 
emphasizing short-term maturities and quality. Cash and cash equivalents are classified as Level 1 investments 
except when the cash and cash equivalents are held in commingled funds, which have a daily net value derived 
from quoted prices for the underlying securities in active markets; these are classified as Level 2 investments. 

Equity - Some equity securities consisting of common and preferred stock are held in commingled funds, 
which  have  daily  net  asset  values  derived  from  quoted  prices  for  the  underlying  securities  in  active  markets; 
these are classified as Level 2 investments.  Commingled funds which have quoted prices in active markets are 
classified as Level 1 investments. 

Fixed Income - Some of the fixed income securities are held in commingled funds, which have daily net 
asset  values  derived  from  the  underlying  securities;  these  are  classified  as  Level 2  investments.    Commingled 
funds which have quoted prices in active markets are classified as Level 1 investments. 

Other Investments - Other investments includes property based pooled vehicles which invest in real estate. 
Market  net  asset  values  are  regularly  published  in  the  financial  press  or  on  corporate  websites  and  so  these 
investments are classified as Level 2. Other investments also includes partnership investments where, due to their 
private nature, pricing inputs are not readily observable. Asset valuations are developed by the general partners 
that manage the partnerships. These valuations are based on proprietary appraisals, application of public market 
multiples to private company cash flows, utilization of market transactions that provide valuation information for 
comparable companies and other methods. Holdings of limited partnerships are classified as Level 3. 

67

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  tables  present  the  fair  value  of  U.S.  Defined  Benefit  Plans  assets  classified  under  the 

appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy as of October 31, 2014 and 2013. 

Fair Value Measurement 
at October 31, 2014 Using 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

October 31, 
 2014 

9 $

668
145
15
837 $

(in millions)
2 $

156
40
1
199 $

7    $ 

512   
105   
—   
624    $ 

—
—
—
14
14

Fair Value Measurement 
at October 31, 2013 Using 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

October 31, 
 2013 

8 $

616
139
19
782 $

(in millions)
1 $

191
17
2
211 $

7    $ 

425   
122   
—   
554    $ 

—
—
—
17
17

$

$

$

$

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Equity 
Fixed Income 
Other Investments 

Total assets measured at fair value 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Equity 
Fixed Income 
Other Investments 

Total assets measured at fair value 

For  U.S.  Defined  Benefit  Plans  assets  measured  at  fair  value  using  significant  unobservable  inputs 

(level 3), the following table summarizes the change in balances during 2014 and 2013: 

Balance, beginning of year 
Realized gains/(losses) 
Unrealized gains/(losses) 
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements 
Transfers in (out) 
Balance, end of year 

Years Ended 
October 31 

2014 

2013

17    $ 
(1)  
2   
(4)  
—   
14    $ 

21
4
(2)
(6)
—
17

$

$

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables present the fair value of U.S. Post-Retirement Benefit Plans assets classified under 

the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy as of October 31, 2014 and 2013. 

Fair Value Measurement at 
October 31, 2014 Using 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

October 31, 
 2014 

6 $

217
53
8
284 $

(in millions) 
3 $

51
14
—
68 $

3     $ 

166   
39   
—   
208     $ 

Fair Value Measurement 
at October 31, 2013 Using 

—
—
—
8
8

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

October 31, 
 2013 

5 $

220
52
11
288 $

(in millions) 
2 $

68
6
1
77 $

3     $ 

152   
46   
—   
201     $ 

—
—
—
10
10

$

$

$

$

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Equity 
Fixed Income 
Other Investments 

Total assets measured at fair value 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Equity 
Fixed Income 
Other Investments 

Total assets measured at fair value 

For U.S. Post-Retirement Benefit Plans assets measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs 

(level 3), the following table summarizes the change in balances during 2014 and 2013: 

Balance, beginning of year 
Realized gains/(losses) 
Unrealized gains/(losses) 
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements 
Transfers in (out) 
Balance, end of year 

Years Ended 
October 31, 

2014 

2013

10     $ 
(1)  
1   
(2)  
—   
8     $ 

12
2
(1)
(3)
—
10

$

$

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables present the fair value of non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans assets classified under the 

appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy as of October 31, 2014 and 2013: 

Fair Value Measurement at 
October 31, 2014 Using 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

October 31, 
 2014 

10 $

1,078
974
46
2,108 $

(in millions)
3 $

335
37
—
375 $

7    $ 

743   
937   
25   
1,712    $ 

Fair Value Measurement 
at October 31, 2013 Using 

—
—
—
21
21

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

October 31, 
 2013 

10 $

1,078
919
38
2,045 $

(in millions)
10 $
296
24
—
330 $

—    $ 
782   
895   
38   
1,715    $ 

—
—
—
—
—

$

$

$

$

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Equity 
Fixed Income 
Other Investments 

Total assets measured at fair value 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Equity 
Fixed Income 
Other Investments 

Total assets measured at fair value 

For non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans, assets  measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs 
(level  3),  the  following  table  summarizes  the  change  in  balances  during  2014.    For  non-U.S.  Defined  Benefit 
Plans,  there  was  no  activity  relating  to  assets  measured  at  fair  value  using  significant  unobservable  inputs 
(level 3) during fiscal year 2013. 

Balance, beginning of year 
Realized gains/(losses) 
Unrealized gains/(losses) 
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements 
Transfers in (out) 
Balance, end of year 

Years Ended 
October 31, 

2014

2013

—    $ 
—   
1   
—   
20   
21    $ 

—
—
—
—
—
—

$

$

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  table  below  presents  the  combined  projected  benefit  obligation  ("PBO"),  accumulated  benefit 
obligation  ("ABO")  and  fair  value  of  plan  assets,  grouping  plans  using  comparisons  of  the  PBO  and  ABO 
relative to the plan assets as of October 31, 2014 or 2013. 

U.S. defined benefit plans where PBO exceeds the fair value of plan 
assets
U.S. defined benefit plans where fair value of plan assets exceeds PBO 

Total 

Non-U.S. defined benefit plans where PBO exceeds or is equal to the 
fair value of plan assets 
Non-U.S. defined benefit plans where fair value of plan assets exceeds 
PBO

Total 

U.S. defined benefit plans where ABO exceeds the fair value of plan 
assets 
U.S. defined benefit plans where the fair value of plan assets exceeds 
ABO

Total 

Non-U.S. defined benefit plans where ABO exceeds or is equal to the 
fair value of plan assets 
Non-U.S. defined benefit plans where fair value of plan assets exceeds 
ABO 

Total 

2014 

2013 

Benefit 
Obligation 

PBO 

Fair Value of 
Plan Assets 

Benefit 
Obligation 

PBO 

Fair Value of 
Plan Assets 

(in millions) 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

889 $

—
889 $

  $ 

837
—   
837    $ 

15
  $
748   
763    $

—

782
782

1,865 $

1,559

  $ 

1,697

  $

1,482

479
2,344 $

ABO 

549
2,108    $ 

502
2,199    $

563
2,045

ABO 

14 $

—

  $ 

14

  $

812
826 $

837
837    $ 

716
730    $

—

782
782

1,795 $

1,559

  $ 

1,533

  $

1,380

468
2,263 $

549
2,108    $ 

590
2,123    $

665
2,045

Contributions and estimated future benefit payments.    During fiscal year 2015, we expect to contribute 
$15 million to the U.S. defined benefit plans, $25 million to plans outside the U.S., and $1 million to the Post-
retirement Medical Plans. The following table presents expected future benefit payments for the next 10 years for 
the Agilent plans only. 

U.S. Defined 
Benefit Plans

Non-U.S. Defined 
Benefit Plans
(in millions)

U.S. Post-Retirement 
Benefit Plans

2015 $
2016 $
2017 $
2018 $
2019 $
2020 - 2024 $

30 $
23 $
26 $
28 $
30 $
177 $

23    $ 
24    $ 
27    $ 
28    $ 
29    $ 
185    $ 

8
8
8
8
8
39

Assumptions.    The  assumptions  used  to  determine  the  benefit  obligations  and  expense  for  our  defined 
benefit  and  post-retirement  benefit  plans  are  presented  in  the  tables  below.  The  expected  long-term  return  on 
assets  below  represents  an  estimate  of  long-term  returns  on  investment  portfolios  consisting  of  a  mixture  of 
equities, fixed income and alternative investments in proportion to the asset allocations of each of our plans. We 
consider long-term rates of return, which are weighted based on the asset classes (both historical and forecasted) 
in which we expect our pension and post-retirement funds to be invested. Discount rates reflect the current rate at 

71

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
which  pension  and  post-retirement  obligations  could  be  settled  based  on  the  measurement  dates  of  the  plans - 
October 31.  The  U.S.  discount  rates  at  October 31,  2014  and  2013  were  determined  based  on  the  results  of 
matching expected plan benefit payments with cash flows from a hypothetically constructed bond portfolio. The 
non-U.S.  rates  were  generally  based  on  published  rates  for  high-quality  corporate  bonds.  The  range  of 
assumptions that were used for the non-U.S. defined benefit plans reflects the different economic environments 
within various countries. 

Assumptions used to calculate the net periodic cost in each year were as follows: 

U.S. defined benefit plans: 

Discount rate 
Average increase in compensation levels 
Expected long-term return on assets 

Non-U.S. defined benefit plans: 

Discount rate 
Average increase in compensation levels 
Expected long-term return on assets 

U.S. post-retirement benefits plans: 

For years ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

4.00-4.50% 
3.50% 
8.00% 

3.25% 
3.50% 
8.00% 

4.50% 
3.50% 
8.00% 

1.50-4.00% 
2.50-3.25% 
4.00-6.50% 

1.50-4.50% 
2.50-3.00% 
4.00-6.50% 

2.00-5.50% 
2.50-3.25% 
4.00-6.50% 

Discount rate 
Expected long-term return on assets 
Current medical cost trend rate 
Ultimate medical cost trend rate 
Medical cost trend rate decreases to ultimate rate in year 

4.00-4.25% 
8.00% 
8.00-9.00% 
3.50% 
2028 

3.50% 
8.00% 
9.00% 
3.50% 
2027 

4.75% 
8.00% 
9.00% 
4.50% 
2026 

Assumptions used to calculate the benefit obligation were as follows: 

U.S. defined benefit plans: 

Discount rate 
Average increase in compensation levels 

Non-U.S. defined benefit plans: 

Discount rate 
Average increase in compensation levels 

U.S. post-retirement benefits plans: 

Discount rate 
Current medical cost trend rate 
Ultimate medical cost trend rate 
Medical cost trend rate decreases to ultimate rate in year 

As of the Years Ending October 31, 

2014 

2013 

4.00% 
3.50% 

4.50% 
3.50% 

1.50-4.00% 
2.50-3.25% 

1.75-4.25% 
2.50-3.25% 

3.75-4.00%  
8.00% 
3.50% 
2028 

4.25% 
9.00% 
3.50% 
2028 

Health care trend rates do not have a significant effect on the total service and interest cost components or 
on the post-retirement benefit obligation amounts reported for the U.S. Post-Retirement Benefit Plan for the year 
ended October 31, 2014. 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
16. GUARANTEES 

Standard Warranty 

We accrue for standard warranty costs based on historical trends in warranty charges as a percentage of 
net product shipments. The accrual is reviewed regularly and periodically adjusted to reflect changes in warranty 
cost  estimates.  Estimated  warranty  charges  are  recorded  within  cost  of  products  at  the  time  products  are  sold. 
The  standard  warranty  accrual  balances  are  held  in  other  accrued  and  other  long-term  liabilities  on  our 
consolidated balance sheet. Our standard warranty terms typically extend between one and three years from the 
date of delivery, depending on the product. 

A summary of the standard warranty accrual activity is shown in the table below. The standard warranty 

accrual balances are held in other accrued and other long-term liabilities. 

Balance as of October 31, 2013 and 2012 
Accruals for warranties including change in estimates 
Settlements made during the period 
Balance as of October 31, 2014 and 2013 

Accruals for warranties due within one year 
Accruals for warranties due after one year 
Balance as of October 31, 2014 and 2013 

Indemnifications to Keysight 

October 31, 

2014 

2013 

(in millions) 
69    $ 
90   
(78)  
81    $ 

60   
21   
81    $ 

60
92
(83)
69

48 
21 
69

$ 

$

$

In connection with the separation of Keysight from Agilent on November 1, 2014 we agreed to indemnify 
Keysight  and  its  affiliates  against  certain  damages  and  expenses  that  might  occur  in  the  future.   These 
indemnifications  cover  a  variety  of  liabilities,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  employee,  tax  and  environmental 
matters.   The  agreements  containing  these  indemnifications  have  been  previously  disclosed  as  exhibits  to  our 
current  report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  August  1, 2014. In  our  opinion,  the  fair  value  of  these  indemnification 
obligations was not material as of October 31, 2014. 

Indemnifications to Avago 

In  connection  with  the  sale  of  our  semiconductor  products  business  in  December  2005,  we  agreed  to 
indemnify Avago, its affiliates and other related parties against certain damages and expenses that it might incur 
in the future. The continuing indemnifications primarily cover damages and expenses relating to liabilities of the 
businesses that Agilent retained and did not transfer to Avago, as well as pre-closing taxes and other specified 
items.  In  connection  with  the  separation  of  Keysight  from  Agilent,  Keysight  assumed  the  indemnification 
obligations to Avago. In our opinion, the fair value of these indemnification obligations was not material as of 
October 31, 2014. 

Indemnifications to Verigy 

In connection with the spin-off of Verigy, we agreed to indemnify Verigy and its affiliates against certain 
damages which it might incur in the future. These indemnifications primarily cover damages relating to liabilities 
of  the  businesses  that  Agilent  did  not  transfer  to  Verigy,  liabilities  that  might  arise  under  limited  portions  of 
Verigy's IPO materials that relate to Agilent, and costs and expenses incurred by Agilent or Verigy to effect the 
IPO,  arising  out  of  the  distribution  of  Agilent's  remaining  holding  in  Verigy  ordinary  shares  to  Agilent's 
stockholders, or incurred to effect the separation of the semiconductor test solutions business from Agilent to the 
extent incurred prior to the separation on June 1, 2006. On July 4, 2011, Verigy announced the completion by 
Advantest  Corporation  of  its  acquisition  of  Verigy.  Verigy  will  operate  as  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of 
Advantest and our indemnification obligations to Verigy should be unaffected. In connection with the separation 

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of Keysight from Agilent, Keysight assumed the indemnification obligations to Verigy. In our opinion, the fair 
value of these indemnification obligations was not material as of October 31, 2014. 

Indemnifications to Hewlett-Packard 

We have given multiple indemnities to Hewlett-Packard in connection with our activities prior to our spin-
off  from  HP  for  the  businesses  that  constituted  Agilent  prior  to  the  spin-off.  These  indemnifications  cover  a 
variety  of  aspects  of  our  business,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  employee,  tax,  intellectual  property  and 
environmental  matters.  The  agreements  containing  these  indemnifications  have  been  previously  disclosed  as 
exhibits  to  our  registration  statement  on  Form S-1  filed  on  August 16,  1999.  In  our  opinion,  the  fair  value  of 
these indemnification obligations was not material as of October 31, 2014. 

Indemnifications to Varian Medical Systems and Varian Semiconductor Equipment Associates 

In  connection  with  our  acquisition  of  Varian,  we  are  subject  to  certain  indemnification  obligations  to 
Varian  Medical  Systems  (formerly  Varian  Associates, Inc.  ("VAI"))  and  Varian  Semiconductor  Equipment 
Associates ("VSEA") in connection with the Instruments business as conducted by VAI prior to the Distribution 
(as  described  in  Note 1  of  Varian's  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  filed  on  November 25,  2009).  These 
indemnification obligations cover a variety of aspects of our business, including, but not limited to, employee, 
tax,  intellectual  property,  litigation  and  environmental  matters.  Certain  of  the  agreements  containing  these 
indemnification  obligations  are  disclosed  as  exhibits  to  Varian's  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  filed  on 
November 25, 2009. On November 10, 2011, Applied Materials announced that it had completed the acquisition 
of  VSEA,  which  is  now  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Applied  Materials;  our  indemnification  obligations  to 
VSEA should be unaffected. In our opinion, the fair value of these indemnification obligations was not material 
as of October 31, 2014. 

Indemnifications to Officers and Directors 

Our corporate by-laws require that we indemnify our officers and directors, as well as those who act as 
directors and officers of other entities at our request, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other 
amounts  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  in  connection  with  any  proceedings  arising  out  of  their  services  to 
Agilent and such other entities, including service with respect to employee benefit plans. In addition, we have 
entered into separate indemnification agreements with each director and each board-appointed officer of Agilent 
which  provide  for  indemnification  of  these  directors  and  officers  under  similar  circumstances  and  under 
additional  circumstances.  The  indemnification  obligations  are  more  fully  described  in  the  by-laws  and  the 
indemnification  agreements.  We  purchase  standard  insurance  to  cover  claims  or  a  portion  of  the  claims  made 
against our directors and officers. Since a maximum obligation is not explicitly stated in our by-laws or in our 
indemnification agreements and will depend on the facts and circumstances that arise out of any future claims, 
the overall maximum amount of the obligations cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, we have not made 
payments related to these obligations, and the fair value for these indemnification obligations was not material as 
of October 31, 2014. 

Other Indemnifications 

As is customary in our industry and as provided for in local law in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, many 
of our standard contracts provide remedies to our customers and others with whom we enter into contracts, such 
as defense, settlement, or payment of judgment for intellectual property claims related to the use of our products. 
From time to time, we indemnify customers, as well as our suppliers, contractors, lessors, lessees, companies that 
purchase our businesses or assets and others with whom we enter into contracts, against combinations of loss, 
expense,  or  liability  arising  from  various  triggering  events  related  to  the  sale  and  the  use  of  our  products  and 
services, the use of their goods and services, the use of facilities and state of our owned facilities, the state of the 
assets  and  businesses  that  we  sell  and  other  matters  covered  by  such  contracts,  usually  up  to  a  specified 
maximum  amount.  In  addition,  from  time  to  time  we  also  provide  protection  to  these  parties  against  claims 
related  to  undiscovered  liabilities,  additional  product  liability  or  environmental  obligations.  In  our  experience, 
claims made under such indemnifications are rare and the associated estimated fair value of the liability was not 
material as of October 31, 2014. 

In connection with the sale of several of our businesses, we have agreed to indemnify the buyers of such 
business, their respective affiliates and other related parties against certain damages that they might incur in the 

74

 
 
 
future.  The  continuing  indemnifications  primarily  cover  damages  relating  to  liabilities  of  the  businesses  that 
Agilent retained and did not transfer to the buyers, as well as other specified items. In our opinion, the fair value 
of these indemnification obligations was not material as of October 31, 2014. 

17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Operating Lease Commitments:    We lease certain real and personal property from unrelated third parties 
under  non-cancelable  operating  leases.  Future  minimum  lease  payments  under  operating  leases  at  October 31, 
2014 were $57 million for 2015, $47 million for 2016, $34 million for 2017, $22 million for 2018, $13 million 
for 2019 and $33 million thereafter. Future minimum sublease income under leases at October 31, 2014 was $7 
million for 2015, $5 million for 2016, $3 million for 2017, and $0 million thereafter. We expect that with the 
separation of Keysight from Agilent on November 1, 2014 that future minimum lease payments will reduced by 
approximately  $52  million  and  sub-lease  income  will  increase  by  approximately  $50  million  over  the  periods 
presented above. Certain leases require us to pay property taxes, insurance and routine maintenance, and include 
escalation clauses. Total rent expense was $93 million in 2014, $90 million in 2013 and $84 million in 2012. 

Contingencies:     We are involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings, including, but not 
limited to, patent, commercial and environmental matters, which arise in the ordinary course of business. There 
are  no  matters  pending  that  we  currently  believe  are  reasonably  possible  of  having  a  material  impact  to  our 
business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

On March 4, 2013, we made a report to the Inspector General of the Department of Defense (“DOD IG”) 
regarding pricing irregularities relating to certain sales of electronic measurement products to U.S. government 
agencies.   We  conducted  an  investigation  with  the  assistance  of  outside  counsel  and  approached  the  DOD  IG 
with a proposed methodology for resolving possible overcharges to U.S. government purchasers resulting from 
these  sales  and  discussed  the  matter  with  the  Department  of  Justice  (“DOJ”).    On  October  31,  2014,  the 
Company resolved the matter with the DOJ with a settlement for an amount that was not material to Agilent's 
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

As  part  of  routine  internal  audit  activities,  the  Company  determined  that  certain  employees  of Agilent's 
subsidiaries  in  China  did  not  comply  with  the  Company's  Standards  of  Business  Conduct  and  other  policies.  
Based  on  those  findings,  the  Company  has  initiated  an  internal  investigation,  with  the  assistance  of  outside 
counsel,  relating  to  certain  sales  of  our  products  through  third  party  intermediaries  in  China.   The  internal 
investigation  included  a  review  of  compliance  by  our  employees  in  China  with  the  requirements  of  the  U.S. 
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other applicable laws and regulations.  On September 5, 2013, the Company 
voluntarily  contacted  the  United  States  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”)  and  United  States 
Department of Justice (“DOJ”) to advise both agencies of this internal investigation.   On September 15, 2014, 
the  Company  received  a  letter  from  the  SEC’s  Division  of  Enforcement  stating  that its  investigation  had been 
completed and that the Division of Enforcement did not intend to recommend any enforcement action against the 
Company by the SEC. On September 24, 2014, the Company received a letter from DOJ stating that DOJ had 
closed its inquiry into the matter, citing the Company’s voluntary disclosure and thorough investigation. 

18. SHORT-TERM DEBT 

Credit Facilities 

On  September 15,  2014,  Agilent  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  with  a  financial  institution  which 
provides  for  a  $400  million  five-year  unsecured  credit  facility  (the  “Agilent  Facility”)  that  will  expire  on 
September 15, 2019.  The Agilent Facility replaced the previous credit facility (“old credit facility”) and provides 
for amounts to be borrowed for general corporate purposes. For the year ended October 31, 2014, we borrowed 
$50 million under the old credit facility and repaid $50 million by October 31, 2014. As of October 31, 2014 the 
company has no borrowings outstanding under the Agilent facility. We were in compliance with the covenants 
for the credit facilities during the year ended October 31, 2014. 

75

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On September 15, 2014, Keysight, a wholly owned subsidiary of Agilent, entered into a credit agreement 
with a financial institution which provides for a $300 million five-year unsecured credit facility (the “Keysight 
Facility”) that will expire on November 1, 2019 and provides for amounts to be borrowed for general corporate 
purposes.  The  credit  agreement  was  initially  guaranteed  by  Agilent.  The  guarantee  terminated  upon  the 
completion  of  the  separation  of  Keysight  from  Agilent  on  November  1,  2014.  As  of  October 31,  2014  the 
company has no borrowings outstanding under the Keysight facility. We were in compliance with the covenants 
for the credit facility during the year ended October 31, 2014. 

As  a  result  of  the  Dako  acquisition,  we  have  a  credit  facility  in  Danish  Krone  equivalent  of  $9  million 
with a Danish financial institution.  As of October 31, 2014 the company had no borrowings outstanding under 
the facility.     

Short- Term Loan 

On July 10, 2014, a wholly owned subsidiary of Agilent in India entered into a short-term loan agreement 
with  a  financial  institution,  which  provides  up  to  $50  million  of  unsecured  borrowings.  On  July 25,  2014,  we 
borrowed  $35  million  against  the  loan  agreement  at  an  interest  rate  of  9.95  percent  per  annum.  The  loan  was 
repaid during the year and as of October 31, 2014, no balance was outstanding against this loan agreement.  

19. LONG-TERM DEBT 

Senior Notes 

The following table summarizes the company's long-term senior notes and the related interest rate swaps: 

October 31, 2014 

October 31, 2013 

Amortized 
Principal

Swap 

Total 

Amortized 
Principal 

  Swap 

Total 

—  

100
500
499
399
598
599
2,695 $

(in millions)
— $

$

3
—
22
—
—
—
25 $ 2,720 $

103
500
521
399
598
599

500     $ 
599   
—   
498   
399   
597   
—   
2,593     $ 

12     $
512
22   
621
—   
—
26   
524
—   
399
—   
597
—   
—
60     $ 2,653

$

$

2015 Senior Notes 
2017 Senior Notes 
2019 Senior Notes 
2020 Senior Notes 
2022 Senior Notes 
2023 Senior Notes 
2024 Senior Notes 
Total 

2015 Senior Notes 

On July 14, 2014, we settled the redemption of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of our 5.5% 
senior  notes  (“2015  senior  notes”)  due  September  14,  2015,  that  had  been  called  for  redemption  on  June  12, 
2014. The redemption price of approximately $528 million included the $500 million principal amount and a $28 
million prepayment penalty, computed in accordance with the terms of the 2015 senior notes as the present value 
of  the  remaining  scheduled  payments  of  principal  and  unpaid  interest.  The  prepayment  penalty  less  full 
amortization of previously deferred interest rate swap gain of approximately $8 million together with $1 million 
of  amortization  of  debt  issuance  costs  and  discount  was  disclosed  in  other  income  (expense),  net  in  the 
condensed consolidated statement of operations. We also paid accrued and unpaid interest of $9 million on the 
2015 senior notes up to but not including the redemption date.  

2017 Senior Notes 

In  October  2007,  the  company  issued  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $600  million  in  senior  notes 
("2017  senior  notes").  The  2017  senior  notes  were  issued  at  99.60%  of  their  principal  amount.  The  notes  will 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
mature on November 1, 2017, and bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.50% per annum. The interest is payable semi-
annually on May 1st and November 1st of each year and payments commenced on May 1, 2008. 

On November 25, 2008, we terminated two interest rate swap contracts associated with our 2017 senior 
notes that represented the notional amount of $400 million. The asset value, including interest receivable, upon 
termination was approximately $43 million and the amount to be amortized at October 31, 2014 was $3 million. 
The gain is being deferred and amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the 2017 senior notes. 

On October 20, 2014, we settled the redemption of $500 million of the $600 million outstanding aggregate 
principal  amount  of  our  2017  senior  notes  due  November  1,  2017  that  had  been  called  for  redemption  on 
September  19,  2014.  The  redemption  price  of  approximately  $580  million  included  a  $80  million  prepayment 
penalty computed in accordance with the terms of the 2017 senior notes as the present value of the remaining 
scheduled payments of principal and unpaid interest related to $500 million partial redemption.  The prepayment 
penalty  less  partial  amortization  of  previously  deferred  interest  rate  swap  gain  of  approximately  $14  million 
together  with  $2  million  of  amortization  of  debt  issuance  costs  and  discount  was  disclosed  in  other  income 
(expense), net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. We also paid accrued and unpaid interest 
of $15 million on the 2017 senior notes up to but not including the redemption date.  

2020 Senior Notes 

In July 2010, the company issued an aggregate principal amount of $500 million in senior notes ("2020 
senior notes"). The 2020 senior notes were issued at 99.54% of their principal amount. The notes will mature on 
July 15,  2020,  and  bear  interest  at  a  fixed  rate  of  5.00%  per  annum.  The  interest  is  payable  semi-annually  on 
January 15th and July 15th of each year, payments commenced on January 15, 2011. 

On August 9, 2011, we terminated our interest rate swap contracts related to our 2020 senior notes that 
represented the notional amount of $500 million. The asset value, including interest receivable, upon termination 
for these contracts was approximately $34 million and the amount to be amortized at October 31, 2014 was $22 
million. The gain is being deferred and amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the 2020 senior 
notes. 

2022 Senior Notes 

In  September  2012,  the  company  issued  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $400  million  in  senior  notes 
("2022  senior  notes").  The  2022  senior  notes  were  issued  at  99.80%  of  their  principal  amount.  The  notes  will 
mature on October 1, 2022, and bear interest at a fixed rate of 3.20% per annum. The interest is payable semi-
annually on April 1st and October 1st of each year, payments commenced on April 1, 2013. 

2023 Senior Notes 

In  June  2013,  the  company  issued  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $600  million  in  senior  notes  ("2023 
senior notes"). The 2023 senior notes were issued at 99.544% of their principal amount. The notes will mature on 
July 15,  2023 and bear  interest  at  a fixed rate  of 3.875% per  annum.  The  interest  is  payable  semi  annually on 
January 15th and July 15th of each year and payments will commence January 15, 2014.   

Keysight 2019 and 2024 Senior Notes 

On October 6, 2014 Keysight announced that it had agreed to sell $500 million of 3.30% senior notes due 
2019  ("2019  senior  notes")  and  $600  million  of  4.55%  senior  notes  due  2024  ("2024  senior  notes").  The 
transaction  closed  on  October  15,  2014.  Each  series  of  notes  initially  were  guaranteed  on  an  unsecured, 
unsubordinated basis by Agilent. The guarantees terminated upon the completion of the separation of Keysight 
from Agilent on November 1, 2014.  

All  notes  issued  are  unsecured  and  rank  equally  in  right  of  payment  with  all  of  Agilent's  other  senior 

unsecured indebtedness. 

Other debt 

As  of  October 31,  2014,  and  as  a  result  of  the  Dako  acquisition,  we  have  mortgage  debts,  secured  on 
buildings in Denmark, in Danish Krone equivalent of $42 million aggregate principal outstanding with a Danish 

77

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
financial  institution.  The  loans  have  a  variable  interest  rate  based  on  3  months  Copenhagen  Interbank  Rate 
("Cibor") and will mature on September 30, 2027. Interest payments are made in  March, June, September and 
December of each year.  

20. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Stock Repurchase Program 

On January 16, 2013, our board of directors approved a share-repurchase program (the "2013 repurchase 
program"). The 2013 repurchase program authorized the use of up to $500 million to repurchase shares of the 
company's  common  stock  in  open  market  transactions.    On  May  14,  2013,  we  announced  that  our  board  of 
directors  authorized  an  increase  of  $500  million  to  the  2013  repurchase  program  bringing  the  cumulative 
authorization to $1 billion. As of October 31, 2014, there were no remaining amounts to be repurchased under 
the 2013 program. 

On November 22, 2013 we announced that our board of directors had authorized a new share repurchase 
program  effective  upon  the  conclusion  of  the  company's  $1  billion  repurchase  program.  The  new  program  is 
designed to reduce or eliminate dilution resulting from issuance of stock under the company's employee equity 
incentive programs to target maintaining a weighted average share count of approximately 335 million diluted 
shares.  

For  the  year  ended  October 31,  2014,  we  repurchased  4  million  shares  for  $200  million.      For  the  year 
ended October 31, 2013 we repurchased approximately 20 million shares for $900 million. For the year ended 
October 31, 2012 we repurchased 5 million shares for $172 million. All such shares and related costs are held as 
treasury stock and accounted for using the cost method. 

Cash Dividends on Shares of Common Stock 

During  the  year  ended  October 31,  2014,  cash  dividends  of  $0.528  per  share,  or  $176  million  were 
declared and paid on the company's outstanding common stock. During the year ended October 31, 2013, cash 
dividends  of  $0.46  per  share,  or  $156  million  were  declared  and  paid  on  the  company's  outstanding  common 
stock. During the year ended October 31, 2012, cash dividends of $0.30 per share, or $104 million were declared 
and paid on the company's outstanding common stock. On November 20, 2014, we declared a quarterly dividend 
of  $0.10per  share  of  common  stock,  or  approximately  $34  million  which  will  be  paid  on  January 28,  2015  to 
shareholders  of  record  as  of  the  close  of  business  on  January 6,  2015.  The  timing  and  amounts  of  any  future 
dividends are subject to determination and approval by our board of directors. 

Accumulated other comprehensive income 

The following  table  summarizes  the  components of  our accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  as  of 

October 31, 2014 and 2013, net of tax effect: 

October 31, 

2014 

2013 

(in millions)

Unrealized gain on equity securities, net of $(3) and $(2) of tax expense for 2014 and 
2013, respectively 
Foreign currency translation, net of $(86) and $(94) of tax expense for 2014 and 2013, 
respectively 
Unrealized losses on defined benefit plans, net of tax benefit of $145 and $64 for 2014 
and 2013, respectively 
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of tax expense of $(7) and $(2) 
for 2014 and 2013, respectively 
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

$ 

17

  $

156

7

425

(516)  

(341)

9
(334)   $

$ 

—
91

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income by component and related tax effects for the years 

ended October 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (in millions): 

Unrealized 
gain on 
investments 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 

Net defined benefit pension cost 
and post retirement plan costs 

Prior service 
credits 

Actuarial 
Losses 

(in millions) 

Unrealized 
gains (losses) 
on derivatives 

Total 

As of October 31, 2012 

  $ 

—    $ 

424   $

319   $

(856)   $ 

2    $

(111)

Other comprehensive income 
(loss) before reclassifications 

Amounts reclassified out of 
accumulated other 
comprehensive income 

Tax (expense) benefit 

Other comprehensive income 
(loss) 

9

—

(2)   

7

(7)  

—  

256  

10

268

—  

8  

(48)  

16  

86  

(114)  

(13)   

1   

1  

(32)  

228  

(2)   

25

(91)

202

91

As of October 31, 2013 

  $ 

7    $ 

425   $

287   $

(628)   $ 

—    $

Other comprehensive income 
(loss) before reclassifications 

Amounts reclassified out of 
accumulated other 
comprehensive income 

Tax (expense) benefit 

Other comprehensive income 
(loss) 

12

(277)  

—  

(273)  

13

(525)

(1)   

(1)   

—  

8  

(48)  

16  

65  

65  

1

(5)   

17

83

10

(269)  

(32)  

(143)  

9

(425)

As of October 31, 2014 

  $ 

17    $ 

156   $

255   $

(771)   $ 

9    $

(334)

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
     
 
Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the years ended October 31, 2014 

and 2013 were as follows (in millions): 

Details about accumulated other 
comprehensive income components 

Amounts Reclassified
from other comprehensive 
income 

2014 

2013 

Affected line item in 
statement of operations 

Unrealized gain on equity securities 

$

Unrealized gains and (losses) on derivatives 

Net defined benefit pension cost and  post retirement plan 
costs: 

Actuarial net loss 
Prior service benefit 

$

Other income (expense), 
net 

—  
—   Total before income tax 
—   Provision for income tax
—   Total net of income tax 

13   Cost of products 
13   Total before income tax 
(Provision)/benefit  for 
income tax 

(3)  
10   Total net of income tax 

(86)  
48  
(38)   Total before income tax 
(Provision)/benefit  for 
income tax 

7  

(31)   Total net of income tax 

1
1
—
1

(1)
(1)

—
(1)

(65)
48
(17)

(2)
(19)

Total reclassifications for the period 

$

(19) $

(21)  

Amounts in parentheses indicate reductions to income and increases to other comprehensive income. 

Reclassifications  of  prior  service  benefit  and  actuarial  net  loss  in  respect  of  retirement  plans  and  post 
retirement pension plans are included in the computation of net periodic cost (see Note 15 "Retirement Plans and 
Post Retirement Pension Plans"). 

21. SEGMENT INFORMATION 

Description  of  segments.    We  are  a  measurement  company  providing  core  bio-analytical  and  electronic 
measurement  solutions  to  the  life  sciences,  diagnostics  and  genomics,  chemical  analysis,  communications  and 
electronics  industries.  Agilent  has  three  business  segments  comprised  of  the  life  sciences  and  diagnostics 
business, the chemical analysis business and the electronic measurement business. The three operating segments 
were determined based primarily on how the chief operating decision maker views and evaluates our operations. 
Operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources 
to  be  allocated  to  the  segment  and  to  assess  its  performance.  Other  factors,  including  market  separation  and 
customer specific applications, go-to-market channels, products and services and manufacturing are considered 
in determining the formation of these operating segments. 

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A description of our three reportable segments is as follows: 

Our  life  sciences  and  diagnostics  business  provides  application-focused  solutions  that  include  reagents, 
instruments,  software,  consumables,  and  services  that  enable  customers  to  identify,  quantify  and  analyze  the 
physical and biological properties of substances and products, as well as enable customers in the clinical and life 
sciences  research  areas  to  interrogate  samples  at  the  molecular  level.  Key  product  categories  include:  liquid 
chromatography  systems,  columns  and  components;  liquid  chromatography  mass  spectrometry  systems; 
laboratory  software  and  informatics  systems;  laboratory  automation  and  robotic  systems;  dissolution  testing; 
nucleic  acid  solutions;  Nuclear  Magnetic  Resonance,  Magnetic  Resonance  Imaging,  and  X-Ray  Diffraction 
systems; services and support for the aforementioned products; immunohistochemistry ; In Situ Hybridization; 
 Hematoxylin  and  Eosin  staining;  special  staining,  DNA  mutation  detection;  genotyping;  gene  copy  number 
determination;  identification  of  gene  rearrangements;  DNA  methylation  profiling;  gene  expression  profiling; 
next  generation  sequencing  target  enrichment;  and  automated  gel  electrophoresis-based  sample  analysis 
systems. We  also  collaborate  with  a  number  of  major  pharmaceutical  companies  to  develop  new  potential 
pharmacodiagnostics, also called companion diagnostics, with the potential of identifying patients most likely to 
benefit from a specific targeted therapy. 

Our chemical analysis business provides application-focused solutions that include instruments, software, 
consumables,  and  services  that  enable  customers  to  identify,  quantify  and  analyze  the  physical  and  biological 
properties of substances and products.  Key product categories in chemical analysis include: gas chromatography 
(GC) systems, columns and components; gas chromatography mass spectrometry (GC-MS) systems; inductively 
coupled  plasma  mass  spectrometry  (ICP-MS)  instruments;  atomic  absorption  (AA)  instruments;  inductively 
coupled  plasma  optical  emission  spectrometry  (ICP-OES)  instruments;  molecular  spectroscopy  instruments; 
software and data systems; vacuum pumps and measurement technologies; services and support for our products. 

Our electronic measurement business provides electronic measurement instruments and systems, software 
design tools and related services that are used in the design, development, manufacture, installation, deployment 
and operation of  electronics equipment,  and  microscopy  products.  Related  services  include  start-up assistance, 
instrument  productivity  and  application  services  and  instrument  calibration  and  repair.  We  also  offer 
customization, consulting and optimization services throughout the customer's product lifecycle. 

A significant portion of the segments' expenses arise from shared services and infrastructure that we have 
historically  provided  to  the  segments  in  order  to  realize  economies  of  scale  and  to  efficiently  use  resources. 
These  expenses,  collectively  called  corporate  charges,  include  costs  of  centralized  research  and  development, 
legal, accounting, real estate, insurance services, information technology services, treasury and other corporate 
infrastructure  expenses.  Charges  are  allocated  to  the  segments,  and  the  allocations  have  been  determined  on  a 
basis that we consider to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to or benefits received 
by the segments. Beginning in fiscal year 2014, we created the order fulfillment and supply chain organization 
(“OFS”) to centralize all order fulfillment and supply chain operations in our life sciences and diagnostics and 
chemicals analysis businesses.  Similarly we created the order fulfillment and infrastructure (“OFI”) organization 
to  centralize  all  order  fulfillment  and  supply  organizations  and  operations  within  our  electronic  measurement 
business.  Both  OFS  and  OFI provide  resources  for  manufacturing,  engineering  and  strategic  sourcing  to  our 
respective businesses. In general, OFS and OFI employees are dedicated to specific businesses and the associated 
costs are directly allocated to those businesses. 

The  following  tables  reflect  the  results  of  our  reportable  segments  under  our  management  reporting 
system. These results are not necessarily in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The performance of each segment is 
measured based on several metrics, including adjusted income from operations. These results are used, in part, by 
the chief operating decision maker in evaluating the performance of, and in allocating resources to, each of the 
segments. 

The profitability of each of the segments is measured after excluding restructuring and asset impairment 
charges,  investment  gains  and  losses,  interest  income,  interest  expense,  acquisition  and  integration  costs,  one-
time and pre-separation costs, non-cash amortization and other items as noted in the reconciliations below. 

81

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended October 31, 2014: 

Total net revenue 
Income from operations 
Depreciation expense 
Share-based compensation expense 

Year ended October 31, 2013: 

Total net revenue 
Income from operations 
Depreciation expense 
Share-based compensation expense 

Year ended October 31, 2012: 

Total net revenue 
Income from operations 
Depreciation expense 
Share-based compensation expense 

Life Sciences 
and 
Diagnostics 

Chemical 
Analysis 

Electronic 
Measurement   

Total 
Segments 

(in millions) 

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

2,372 $
376 $
74 $
33 $

2,300 $
377 $
71 $
26 $

1,984 $
295 $
57 $
21 $

1,676 $
387 $
31 $
23 $

1,594 $
355 $
27 $
21 $

1,559 $
338 $
31 $
18 $

2,933    $ 
559    $ 
89    $ 
42    $ 

2,888    $ 
544    $ 
83    $ 
38    $ 

3,315    $ 
751    $ 
83    $ 
37    $ 

6,981
1,322
194
98

6,782
1,276
181
85

6,858
1,384
171
76

The following  table  reconciles  reportable segments'  income  from  operations  to Agilent's  total  enterprise 

income before taxes: 

Years Ended October 31, 

2014 

2013 

(in millions) 

2012 

Total reportable segments' income from operations 
Restructuring and business exit related costs 
Acceleration of depreciation for held and used assets 
Asset Impairments 
Transformational programs 
Amortization of intangibles 
Acquisition and integration costs 

Acceleration of share-based compensation expense related to 
workforce reduction 
One-time and pre-separation costs 
Other 
Interest Income 
Interest Expense 
Other income (expense), net 
Income before taxes, as reported 

$

$

1,322 $
(64)
—
(4)
(29)
(197)
(12)

(1)
(191)
7
9
(113)
(81)
646 $

1,276     $ 
(53 )  
—    
(3 )  
(19 )  
(199 )  
(29 )  

(3 )  
(5 )  
(14 )  
7    
(107 )  
8    
859     $ 

1,384
—
(15)
(1)
(25)
(136)
(74)

—
—
(14)
9
(101)
16
1,043

Major customers.    No customer represented 10 percent or more of our total net revenue in 2014, 2013 or 

2012. 

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
The  following  table  presents  assets  and  capital  expenditures  directly  managed  by  each  segment. 
Unallocated assets primarily consist of cash, cash equivalents, accumulated amortization of other intangibles and 
other assets. 

As of October 31, 2014: 

Assets 
Capital expenditures 
As of October 31, 2013: 

Assets 
Capital expenditures 

Life Sciences 
and 
Diagnostics 

Chemical 
Analysis 

Electronic 
Measurement   

Total 
Segments 

(in millions) 

$
$

$
$

4,312 $
77 $

1,815 $ 
33 $ 

4,291 $
77 $

1,756 $ 
30 $ 

1,976    $ 
95    $ 

1,997    $ 
88    $ 

8,103
205

8,044
195

The following table reconciles segment assets to Agilent's total assets: 

Total reportable segments' assets 
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments 
Prepaid expenses 
Investments 
Long-term and other receivables 
Other 
Total assets 

October 31, 

2014 

2013

(in millions) 

8,103    $ 
3,028   
241   
159   
124   
(824)  
10,831    $ 

8,044
2,675
198
139
162
(532)
10,686

$

$

The  other  category  primarily  represents  the  difference  between  how  segments  report  deferred  taxes  and 

intangible assets at the initial purchased amount. 

The following table presents summarized information for net revenue and long-lived assets by geographic 
region.  Revenues  from  external  customers  are  generally  attributed  to  countries  based  upon  the  location  of  the 
Agilent sales representative. Long lived assets consist of property, plant, and equipment, long-term receivables 
and other long-term assets excluding intangible assets. The rest of the world primarily consists of rest of Asia 
and Europe. 

Net revenue: 

Year ended October 31, 2014 
Year ended October 31, 2013 
Year ended October 31, 2012 

Long-lived assets: 
October 31, 2014 
October 31, 2013 

United 
States 

China 

Japan 

(in millions) 

Rest of the 
World 

Total 

$
$
$

2,070 $
2,043 $
2,218 $

1,133 $
1,131 $
1,078 $

595    $ 
628    $ 
716    $ 

3,183    $ 
2,980    $ 
2,846    $ 

6,981
6,782
6,858

United 
States 

Japan 

Rest of the 
World 

Total 

(in millions) 

$
$

597 
601 

$
$

180  $ 
187  $ 

656    $ 
658    $ 

1,433
1,446

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
QUARTERLY SUMMARY 
(Unaudited) 

2014 
Net revenue 
Gross profit 
Income from operations 
Net income 

Net income per share — Basic: 
Net income per share — Diluted: 

Weighted average shares used in computing net 
income per share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Cash dividends per common share 
Range of stock prices on NYSE 
2013 
Net revenue 
Gross profit 
Income from operations 
Net income 

Net income per share — Basic: 
Net income per share — Diluted: 

Weighted average shares used in computing net 
income per share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Cash dividends per common share 
Range of stock prices on NYSE 

Three Months Ended 

January 31, 

April 30, 

July 31, 

October 31, 

(in millions, except per share data) 

$

$
$
$

$

$

$
$
$

$

1,679 $
883
218
195 $
0.59 $
0.58 $

333
338
0.132 $

1,731 $
899
210
139 $
0.42 $
0.41 $

333
337
0.132 $

$ 49.84-61.22

$ 51.96-60.46

1,680 $
880
217
179 $
0.52 $
0.51 $

347
352
0.22 $

1,732 $
891
213
166 $
0.48 $
0.48 $

345
349
— $

$ 35.45-45.55

$ 40.19-45.66

1,766     $ 
914   
229   
147     $ 
0.44     $ 
0.43     $ 

1,805
897
174
23
0.07
0.07

334   
338   
0.132     $ 

334
338
0.132
$ 53.66-59.58   $ 49.80-59.40

1,652     $ 
856   
236   
168     $ 
0.50     $ 
0.49     $ 

1,718
908
285
211
0.64
0.63

339   
343   
0.12     $ 

331
336
0.12
$ 41.24-47.47   $ 45.32-53.47

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES AND OTHER FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS 

  Risks, Uncertainties and Other Factors That May Affect Future Results 

Our  operating  results  and  financial  condition  could  be  harmed  if  the  markets  into  which  we  sell  our 

products decline or do not grow as anticipated. 

Visibility into our markets is limited. Our quarterly sales and operating results are highly dependent on the 
volume  and  timing  of  orders  received  during  the  fiscal  quarter,  which  are  difficult  to  forecast  and  may  be 
cancelled by our customers. In addition, our revenues and earnings forecasts for future fiscal quarters are often 
based on the expected seasonality of our markets. However, the markets we serve do not always experience the 
seasonality  that  we  expect.  Any  decline  in  our  customers'  markets  or  in  general  economic  conditions  would 
likely result in a reduction in demand for our products and services.   Also, if our customers' markets decline, we 
may not be able to collect on outstanding amounts due to us. Such declines could harm our consolidated financial 
position,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and  stock  price,  and  could  limit  our  profitability.  Also,  in  such  an 
environment, pricing pressures could intensify. Since a significant portion of our operating expenses is relatively 
fixed in nature due to sales, research and development and manufacturing costs, if we were unable to respond 
quickly enough these pricing pressures could further reduce our operating margins. 

If  we  do  not  introduce  successful  new  products  and  services  in  a  timely  manner  to  address  increased 
competition  through  frequent  new  product  and  service  introductions,  rapid  technological  changes  and 
changing industry standards, our products and services will become obsolete, and our operating results will 
suffer. 

We  generally  sell  our  products  in  industries  that  are  characterized  by  increased  competition  through 
frequent new product and service introductions, rapid technological changes and changing industry standards. In 
addition,  many  of  the  markets  in  which  we  operate  are  seasonal.  Without  the  timely  introduction  of  new 
products, services and enhancements, our products and services will become technologically obsolete over time, 
in which case our revenue and operating results would suffer. The success of our new products and services will 
depend on several factors, including our ability to: 

properly identify customer needs; 
• 
innovate and develop new technologies, services and applications; 
• 
• 
successfully commercialize new technologies in a timely manner; 
•  manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and on time; 
• 
• 
• 

differentiate our offerings from our competitors' offerings; 
price our products competitively; 
anticipate our competitors' development of new products, services or technological innovations; 
and 
control product quality in our manufacturing process. 

• 

Uncertain  general  economic  conditions  may  adversely  affect  our  operating  results  and  financial 

condition. 

Our business is sensitive to negative changes in general economic conditions, both inside and outside the 
U.S. Slower global economic growth and uncertainty in the markets in which we operate may adversely impact 
our business resulting in: 

• 

• 

reduced demand for our products, delays in the shipment of orders, or increases in order 
cancellations; 
increased risk of excess and obsolete inventories; 

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 
• 

increased price pressure for our products and services; and 
greater risk of impairment to the value, and a detriment to the liquidity, of our investment 
portfolio. 

Failure to adjust our purchases due to changing market conditions or failure to estimate our customers' 

demand could adversely affect our income. 

Our  income  could  be  harmed  if  we  are  unable  to  adjust  our  purchases  to  reflect  market  fluctuations, 
including those caused by the seasonal nature of the markets in which we operate. The sale of our products and 
services  are  dependent,  to  a  large  degree,  on  customers  whose  industries  are  subject  to  seasonal  trends  in  the 
demand  for  their  products.  During  a  market  upturn,  we  may  not  be  able  to  purchase  sufficient  supplies  or 
components to meet increasing product demand, which could materially affect our results. In the past we have 
seen a shortage of parts for some of our products. In addition, some of the parts that require custom design are 
not readily available from alternate suppliers due to their unique design or the length of time necessary for design 
work. Should a supplier cease manufacturing such a component, we would be forced to reengineer our product. 
In addition to discontinuing parts, suppliers may also extend lead times, limit supplies or increase prices due to 
capacity  constraints  or  other  factors.  In  order  to  secure  components  for  the  production  of  products,  we  may 
continue to enter into non-cancelable purchase commitments with vendors, or at times make advance payments 
to  suppliers,  which  could  impact  our  ability  to  adjust  our  inventory  to  declining  market  demands.  Prior 
commitments  of  this  type  have  resulted  in  an  excess  of  parts  when  demand  for  our  communications  and 
electronics  products  has  decreased.  If  demand  for  our  products  is  less  than  we  expect,  we  may  experience 
additional excess and obsolete inventories and be forced to incur additional charges. 

Demand  for  some  of  our  products  and  services  depends  on  capital  spending  policies  of  our  customers, 

research and development budgets and on government funding policies. 

Our  customers  include  pharmaceutical  companies,  laboratories,  universities,  healthcare  providers, 
government agencies and public and private research institutions. Fluctuations in the research and development 
budgets at these organizations could have a significant effect on the demand for our products and services.  Many 
factors,  including  public  policy  spending  priorities,  available  resources,  mergers  and  consolidation,  spending 
priorities, institutional and governmental budgetary policies and product and economic cycles, have a significant 
effect  on  the  capital  spending  policies  of  these  entities.  Research  and  development  budgets  fluctuate  due  to 
changes in available resources, consolidation, spending priorities, general economic conditions and institutional 
and  governmental  budgetary  policies.  The  timing  and  amount  of  revenues  from  customers  that  rely  on 
government  funding  or  research  may  vary  significantly  due  to  factors  that  can  be  difficult  to  forecast.    These 
policies  in  turn  can  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  demand  for  our  products  and  services.  If  demand  for  our 
products and services is adversely affected, our revenue and operating results would suffer. 

Economic,  political  and  other  risks  associated  with  international  sales  and  operations  could  adversely 

affect our results of operations. 

Because we sell our products worldwide, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business 
internationally. We anticipate that revenue from international operations will continue to represent a majority of 
our  total  revenue.  In  addition,  many  of  our  employees,  contract  manufacturers,  suppliers,  job  functions  and 
manufacturing facilities are located outside the U.S. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety 
of factors, including: 

• 

• 
• 

interruption to transportation flows for delivery of parts to us and finished goods to our 
customers; 
changes in foreign currency exchange rates; 
changes in a specific country's or region's political, economic or other conditions; 

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements; 
negative  consequences  from  changes  in  tax  laws  including  changes  to  U.S.  tax  legislation  that 
could materially increase our effective tax rate; 
difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations; 
differing labor regulations; 
differing protection of intellectual property; 
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; and 
geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism and war. 

We centralized most of our accounting processes to two locations: India and Malaysia. These processes 
include general accounting, cost accounting, accounts payable and accounts receivables functions. If conditions 
change in those countries, it may adversely affect operations, including impairing our ability to pay our suppliers 
and  collect  our  receivables.  Our  results  of  operations,  as  well  as  our  liquidity,  may  be  adversely  affected  and 
possible delays may occur in reporting financial results. 

Additionally,  we  must  comply  with  complex  foreign  and  U.S.  laws  and  regulations,  such  as  the  U.S. 
Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act,  the  U.K.  Bribery  Act,  and  other  local  laws  prohibiting  corrupt  payments  to 
governmental officials, and anti-competition regulations. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in 
fines  and  penalties,  criminal  sanctions,  restrictions  on  our  business  conduct  and  on  our  ability  to  offer  our 
products  in  one  or  more  countries,  and  could  also  materially  affect  our  brand,  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain 
employees, our international operations, our business and our operating results. Although we have implemented 
policies  and  procedures  designed  to  ensure  compliance  with  these  laws  and  regulations,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that our employees, contractors, or agents will not violate our policies. 

In  addition,  although  the  majority  of  our  products  are  priced  and  paid  for  in  U.S.  dollars,  a  significant 
amount  of  certain  types  of  expenses,  such  as  payroll,  utilities,  tax,  and  marketing  expenses,  are  paid  in  local 
currencies. Our hedging programs reduce, but do not always entirely eliminate, within any given twelve month 
period, the impact of currency exchange rate movements, and therefore fluctuations in exchange rates, including 
those  caused  by  currency  controls,  could  impact  our  business  operating  results  and  financial  condition  by 
resulting in lower revenue or increased expenses. However, for expenses beyond that twelve month period, our 
hedging strategy does not mitigate our exposure. In addition, our currency hedging programs involve third party 
financial  institutions  as  counterparties.  The  weakening  or  failure  of  financial  institution  counterparties  may 
adversely affect our hedging programs and our financial condition through, among other things, a reduction in 
available counterparties, increasingly unfavorable terms, and the failure of the counterparties to perform under 
hedging contracts. 

Our business will suffer if we are not able to retain and hire key personnel. 

Our  future  success  depends  partly  on  the  continued  service  of  our  key  research,  engineering,  sales, 
marketing,  manufacturing,  executive  and  administrative  personnel.  If  we  fail  to  retain  and  hire  a  sufficient 
number of these personnel, we will not be able to  maintain or expand our business. The markets in which we 
operate are very dynamic, and our businesses continue to respond with reorganizations, workforce reductions and 
site closures. We believe our pay levels are very competitive within the regions that we operate. However, there 
is an intense competition for certain highly technical specialties in geographic areas where we continue to recruit, 
and it may become more difficult to retain our key employees, especially in light of our ongoing restructuring 
efforts. 

Our  acquisitions,  strategic  alliances,  joint  ventures  and  divestitures  may  result  in  financial  results  that 

are different than expected. 

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  frequently  engage  in  discussions  with  third  parties  relating  to 
possible acquisitions, strategic alliances, joint ventures and divestitures, and generally expect to complete several 

87

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
including  but  not 

transactions  per  year.  For  example  in  the  past  we  completed  various  acquisitions,  including  Dako  A/S.  As  a 
result  of  such  transactions,  our  financial  results  may  differ  from  our  own  or  the  investment  community's 
expectations  in  a  given  fiscal  quarter,  or  over  the  long  term.  Such  transactions  often  have  post-closing 
arrangements 
transition  services,  escrows  or 
indemnifications, the financial results of which can be difficult to predict. In addition, acquisitions and strategic 
alliances may require us to integrate a different company culture, management team and business infrastructure. 
We may have difficulty developing, manufacturing and marketing the products of a newly acquired company in 
a  way  that  enhances  the  performance  of  our  combined  businesses  or  product  lines  to  realize  the  value  from 
expected  synergies.  Depending  on  the  size  and  complexity  of  an  acquisition,  our  successful  integration  of  the 
entity depends on a variety of factors, including: 

to  post-closing  adjustments, 

limited 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the retention of key employees; 
the management of facilities and employees in different geographic areas; 
the retention of key customers; 
the compatibility of our sales programs and facilities with those of the acquired company; and 
the compatibility of our existing infrastructure with that of an acquired company. 

In  addition,  effective  internal  controls  are  necessary  for  us  to  provide  reliable  and  accurate  financial 
reports and to effectively prevent fraud. The integration of acquired businesses is likely to result in our systems 
and controls becoming increasingly complex and more difficult to manage. We devote significant resources and 
time  to  comply  with  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  requirements  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of 
2002. However, we cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that we design, implement and  maintain 
adequate control over our financial processes and reporting in the future, especially in the context of acquisitions 
of  other  businesses.  Any  difficulties  in  the  assimilation  of  acquired  businesses  into  our  control  system  could 
harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls 
could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative 
effect on the trading price of our stock and our access to capital. 

A successful divestiture depends on various factors, including our ability to: 

• 
• 

• 

effectively transfer liabilities, contracts, facilities and employees to the purchaser; 
identify and separate the intellectual property to be divested from the intellectual property that we 
wish to keep; and 
reduce fixed costs previously associated with the divested assets or business. 

In addition, if customers of the divested business do not receive the same level of service from the new 
owners,  this  may  adversely  affect  our  other  businesses  to  the  extent  that  these  customers  also  purchase  other 
Agilent  products.  All  of  these  efforts  require  varying  levels  of  management  resources,  which  may  divert  our 
attention  from  other  business  operations.  Further,  if  market  conditions  or  other  factors  lead  us  to  change  our 
strategic  direction,  we  may  not  realize  the  expected  value  from  such  transactions.  If  we  do  not  realize  the 
expected  benefits  or  synergies  of  such  transactions,  our  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of  operations, 
cash flows and stock price could be negatively impacted. 

Integrating  Dako A/S  may  be  more  difficult,  costly  or  time  consuming  than  expected  and  our  business 

and financial condition may be materially impaired. 

We  may  not  achieve  the  desired  benefits  from  our  acquisition  and  integration  of  Dako.  In  addition,  the 
operation of Dako within Agilent could be a difficult, costly and time-consuming process that involves a number 
of risks, including, but not limited to: 

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 
• 

difficulties in the assimilation of different corporate cultures, practices and sales and distribution 
methodologies,  as  well  as  in  the  assimilation  and  retention  of  geographically  dispersed, 
decentralized operations and personnel; 
increased exposure to certain governmental regulations and compliance requirements; and 
the use of cash resources and increased capital expenditures on additional investment or research 
and development activities in excess of our current expectations, which could offset any synergies 
resulting  from  the  Dako  acquisition  and  limit  other  potential  uses  of  our  cash,  including  stock 
repurchases and retirement of outstanding debt. 

Even if we are able to successfully operate Dako within Agilent, we may not be able to realize the revenue 
and other synergies and growth that we anticipate from the acquisition in the time frame that we currently expect, 
and the costs of achieving these benefits may be higher than what we currently expect.  As a result, the Dako 
acquisition and integration may not contribute to our earnings as expected, we may not achieve expected revenue 
synergies  or  our return on  invested  capital  targets  when  expected, or  at all,  and we  may  not  achieve  the  other 
anticipated strategic and financial benefits of this transaction. 

Our customers and we are subject to various governmental regulations, compliance with or changes in 
such  regulations  may  cause  us  to  incur  significant  expenses,  and  if  we  fail  to  maintain  satisfactory 
compliance  with  certain  regulations,  we  may  be  forced  to  recall  products  and  cease  their  manufacture  and 
distribution, and we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties. 

Our customers and we are subject to various significant international, federal, state and local regulations, 
including but not limited to health and safety, packaging, product content, labor and import/export regulations. 
These regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. We may 
be  required  to  incur  significant  expenses  to  comply  with  these  regulations  or  to  remedy  violations  of  these 
regulations. Any failure by us to comply with applicable government regulations could also result in cessation of 
our operations or portions of our operations, product recalls or impositions of fines and restrictions on our ability 
to  carry  on  or  expand  our  operations.  In  addition,  because  many  of  our  products  are  regulated  or  sold  into 
regulated  industries,  we  must  comply  with  additional  regulations  in  marketing  our  products.  We  develop, 
configure and market our products to meet customer needs created by these regulations. Any significant change 
in these regulations could reduce demand for our products, force us to modify our products to comply with new 
regulations or increase our costs of producing these products. If demand for our products is adversely affected or 
our costs increase, our business would suffer. 

Our  products  and  operations  are  also  often  subject  to  the  rules  of  industrial  standards  bodies,  like  the 
International Standards Organization, as well as regulation by other agencies such as the United States Food and 
Drug Administration (“FDA”). We also must comply with work safety rules. If we fail to adequately address any 
of these regulations, our businesses could be harmed. 

We are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and certain similar foreign regulatory agencies, and 
failure to comply with such regulations could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

A  number  of  our  products  from  our  chemical  analysis  and  life  sciences  and  diagnostics  businesses  are 
subject to regulation by the FDA and certain similar foreign regulatory agencies. In addition, a number of our 
products may be in the future subject to regulation by the FDA and certain similar foreign regulatory agencies.  
These  regulations  govern  a  wide  variety  of  product  related  activities,  from  quality  management,  design  and 
development  to  labeling,  manufacturing,  promotion,  sales  and  distribution.  If  we  or  any  of  our  suppliers  or 
distributors fail to comply with FDA and other applicable regulatory requirements or are perceived to potentially 
have failed to comply, we may face, among other things, warning letters, adverse publicity affecting both us and 
our  customers;  investigations  or  notices  of  non-compliance,  fines,  injunctions,  and  civil  penalties;  import  or 
export restrictions; partial suspensions or total shutdown of production facilities or the imposition of operating 

89

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
restrictions;  increased  difficulty  in  obtaining  required  FDA  clearances  or  approvals  or  foreign  equivalents; 
seizures or recalls of our products or those of our customers; or the inability to sell our products. Any such FDA 
actions could disrupt our business and operations, lead to significant remedial costs and have a material adverse 
impact on our financial position and results of operations. 

In  August  2013,  Dako  Denmark  A/S  received  a  warning  letter  from  the  FDA  relating  to  its  quality 
management processes at our Glostrup facility.  Although we are committed to addressing the issues raised by 
the FDA, there can be no assurance that the FDA will be satisfied with the steps we have taken to address the 
issues or  that  the  FDA  will  not  raise  additional  areas of concern.   We may  be  subject  to  additional regulatory 
action by the FDA, including import bans, seizures, injunction and/or civil penalties and any such actions could 
have an adverse impact on our business, financial position and results of operations. 

Some  of  our  chemical  analysis  and  life  sciences  and  diagnostics  products  are  exposed  to  particular 
complex regulations such as regulations of toxic substances and failure to comply with such regulations could 
harm our business. 

Some of our chemical analysis products and related consumables marketed by our chemical analysis and 
life sciences and diagnostics businesses are used in conjunction with chemicals whose manufacture, processing, 
distribution and notification requirements are regulated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) 
under  the  Toxic  Substances  Control  Act,  and  by  regulatory  bodies  in  other  countries  with  similar  laws.  The 
Toxic Substances Control Act regulations govern, among other things, the testing, manufacture, processing and 
distribution  of  chemicals,  the  testing  of  regulated  chemicals  for  their  effects  on  human  health  and  safety  and 
import  and  export  of  chemicals.  The  Toxic  Substances  Control  Act  prohibits  persons  from  manufacturing  any 
chemical in the U.S. that has not been reviewed by EPA for its effect on health and safety, and placed on an EPA 
inventory of chemical substances. We must ensure conformance of the manufacturing, processing, distribution of 
and  notification  about  these  chemicals  to  these  laws  and  adapt  to  regulatory  requirements  in  all  applicable 
countries  as  these  requirements  change.  If  we  fail  to  comply  with  the  notification,  record-keeping  and  other 
requirements in the manufacture or distribution of our products, then we could be made to pay civil penalties, 
face criminal prosecution and, in some cases, be prohibited from distributing or marketing our products until the 
products or component substances are brought into compliance. 

Our business may suffer if we fail to comply with government contracting laws and regulations. 

We  derive  a  portion  of  our  revenues  from  direct  and  indirect  sales  to  U.S.,  state,  local,  and  foreign 
governments  and  their  respective  agencies.  Such  contracts  are  subject  to  various  procurement  laws  and 
regulations,  and  contract  provisions  relating  to  their  formation,  administration  and  performance.  Failure  to 
comply with these laws, regulations or provisions in our government contracts could result in the imposition of 
various  civil  and  criminal  penalties,  termination  of  contracts,  forfeiture  of  profits,  suspension  of  payments,  or 
suspension from future government contracting.  If our government contracts are terminated, if we are suspended 
from government work, or if our ability to compete for new contracts is adversely affected, our business could 
suffer. 

Our  retirement  and  post  retirement  pension  plans  are  subject  to  financial  market  risks  that  could 

adversely affect our future results of operations and cash flows. 

We have significant retirement and post retirement pension plans assets and obligations. The performance 
of  the  financial  markets  and  interest  rates  impact  our  plan  expenses  and  funding  obligations.  Significant 
decreases in market interest rates, decreases in the fair value of plan assets and investment losses on plan assets 
will increase our funding obligations, and adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows. 

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  impact  of  consolidation  and  acquisitions  of  competitors  is  difficult  to  predict  and  may  harm  our 

business. 

The  life  sciences  industry  is  intensely  competitive  and  has  been  subject  to  increasing  consolidation. 
Consolidation  in  our  industries  could  result  in  existing  competitors  increasing  their  market  share  through 
business  combinations  and  result  in  stronger  competitors,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  We  may  not  be  able  to  compete  successfully  in 
increasingly consolidated industries and cannot predict with certainty how industry consolidation will affect our 
competitors or us. 

If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  manage  the  consolidation  and  streamlining  of  our  manufacturing 
operations, we may not achieve desired efficiencies and our ability to deliver products to our customers could 
be disrupted. 

Although we utilize manufacturing facilities throughout the world, we have been consolidating, and may 
continue to consolidate, our manufacturing operations to certain of our plants to achieve efficiencies and gross 
margin  improvements.  Additionally, we  typically  consolidate  the production of  products  from  our  acquisitions 
into  our  supply  chain  and  manufacturing  processes,  which  are  technically  complex  and  require  expertise  to 
operate. If we are unable to establish processes to efficiently and effectively produce high quality products in the 
consolidated  locations,  we  may  not  achieve  the  anticipated  synergies  and  production  may  be  disrupted,  which 
could adversely affect our business and operating results. 

Our  operating  results  may  suffer  if  our  manufacturing  capacity  does  not  match  the  demand  for  our 

products. 

Because  we  cannot  immediately  adapt  our  production  capacity  and  related  cost  structures  to  rapidly 
changing  market  conditions,  when  demand  does  not  meet  our  expectations,  our  manufacturing  capacity  will 
likely  exceed  our  production  requirements.  If,  during  a  general  market  upturn  or  an  upturn  in  one  of  our 
segments, we cannot increase our manufacturing capacity to meet product demand, we will not be able to fulfill 
orders  in  a  timely  manner  which  could  lead  to  order  cancellations,  contract  breaches  or  indemnification 
obligations. This inability could materially and adversely limit our ability to improve our results. By contrast, if 
during an economic downturn we had excess manufacturing capacity, then our fixed costs associated with excess 
manufacturing capacity would adversely affect our income, margins, and operating results. 

Dependence  on  contract  manufacturing  and  outsourcing  other  portions  of  our  supply  chain  may 
adversely affect our ability to bring products to market and damage our reputation. Dependence on outsourced 
information technology and other administrative functions may impair our ability to operate effectively. 

As part of our efforts to streamline operations and to cut costs, we outsource aspects of our manufacturing 
processes and other functions and continue to evaluate additional outsourcing. If our contract manufacturers or 
other outsourcers fail to perform their obligations in a timely manner or at satisfactory quality levels, our ability 
to bring products to market and our reputation could suffer. For example, during a market upturn, our contract 
manufacturers  may  be  unable  to  meet  our  demand  requirements,  which  may  preclude  us  from  fulfilling  our 
customers'  orders  on  a  timely  basis.  The  ability  of  these  manufacturers  to  perform  is  largely  outside  of  our 
control.  Additionally,  changing  or  replacing  our  contract  manufacturers  or  other  outsourcers  could  cause 
disruptions  or  delays.  In  addition,  we  outsource  significant  portions  of  our  information  technology  ("IT")  and 
other administrative functions. Since IT is critical to our operations, any failure to perform on the part of our IT 
providers could impair our ability to operate effectively. In addition to the risks outlined above, problems with 
manufacturing or IT outsourcing could result in lower revenues, unexecuted efficiencies, and impact our results 
of operations and our stock price. Much of our outsourcing takes place in developing countries and, as a result, 
may be subject to geopolitical uncertainty. 

91

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental  contamination  from  past  operations  could  subject  us  to  unreimbursed  costs  and  could 
harm  on-site  operations  and  the  future  use  and  value  of  the  properties  involved  and  environmental 
contamination caused by ongoing operations could subject us to substantial liabilities in the future. 

Certain  properties  transferred  to  Keysight  as  part  of  the  separation  are  undergoing  remediation  by  the 
Hewlett-Packard Company ("HP") for subsurface contaminations that were known at the time of our separation 
from  HP.    HP  has  agreed  to  retain  the  liability  for  this  subsurface  contamination,  perform  the  required 
remediation  and  indemnify  Keysight  with  respect  to  claims  arising  out  of  that  contamination.    HP  will  have 
access to those Keysight properties to perform remediation. While HP has agreed to minimize interference with 
on-site operations at those properties, remediation activities and subsurface contamination may require Keysight 
to incur unreimbursed costs and could harm on-site operations and the future use and value of the properties. We 
cannot  be  sure  that  Keysight  will  not  seek  additional  reimbursement  from  us  for  that  interference  or 
unreimbursed  costs.    We  cannot  be  sure  that  HP  will  continue  to  fulfill  its  indemnification  or  remediation 
obligations,  in  which  case  Keysight  may  seek  indemnification  from  us.  In  addition,  the  determination  of  the 
existence and cost of any additional contamination caused by us prior to the separation could involve costly and 
time-consuming negotiations and litigation. 

Other  than  those  properties  currently  undergoing  remediation  by  HP,  we  have  agreed  to  indemnify  HP, 
with respect to any liability associated with contamination from past operations, and  Keysight, with respect to 
any  liability  associated  with  contamination  prior  to  the  separation,  at,  respectively, properties  transferred  from 
HP  to  us  and  properties  transferred  by  us  to  Keysight.    While  we  are  not  aware  of  any  material  liabilities 
associated with any potential subsurface contamination at any of those properties, subsurface contamination may 
exist, and we may be exposed to material liability as a result of the existence of that contamination. 

Our  current  and  historical  manufacturing  processes  involve,  or  have  involved,  the  use  of  substances 
regulated  under  various  international, federal,  state  and local  laws  governing  the  environment.  As  a  result,  we 
may become subject to liabilities for environmental contamination, and these liabilities may be substantial. While 
we have divested substantially all of our semiconductor related businesses to Avago and Verigy and regardless of 
indemnification  arrangements  with  those  parties,  we  may  still  become  subject  to  liabilities  for  historical 
environmental  contamination  related  to  those  businesses.  Although  our  policy  is  to  apply  strict  standards  for 
environmental protection at our sites inside and outside the U.S., even if the sites outside the U.S. are not subject 
to regulations imposed by foreign governments, we may not be aware of all conditions that could subject us to 
liability. 

As  part  of  our  acquisition  of  Varian,  we  assumed  the  liabilities  of  Varian,  including  Varian's  costs  and 
potential  liabilities  for  environmental  matters.  One  such  cost  is  our  obligation,  along  with  the  obligation  of 
Varian  Semiconductor  Equipment  Associates, Inc.  ("VSEA")  (under  the  terms  of  a  Distribution  Agreement 
between  Varian,  VSEA  and  Varian  Medical  Systems, Inc.  ("VMS"))  to  each  indemnify  VMS  for  one-third  of 
certain costs (after adjusting for any insurance proceeds and tax benefits recognized or realized by VMS for such 
costs)  relating  to  (a) environmental  investigation,  monitoring  and/or  remediation  activities  at  certain  facilities 
previously  operated  by  Varian  Associates, Inc.  ("VAI")  and  third-party  claims  made  in  connection  with 
environmental conditions at those facilities, and (b) U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or third-party claims 
alleging that VAI or VMS is a potentially responsible party under the Comprehensive Environmental Response 
Compensation  and  Liability  Act  of  1980,  as  amended  ("CERCLA")  in  connection  with  certain  sites  to  which 
VAI  allegedly  shipped  manufacturing  waste  for  recycling,  treatment  or  disposal  (the  "CERCLA  sites").  With 
respect  to  the  facilities  formerly  operated  by  VAI,  VMS  is  overseeing  the  environmental  investigation, 
monitoring  and/or  remediation  activities,  in  most  cases under  the direction of, or  in  consultation  with, federal, 
state  and/or  local  agencies,  and  handling  third-party  claims.  VMS  is  also  handling  claims  relating  to  the 
CERCLA  sites.  Although  any  ultimate  liability  arising  from  environmental-  related  matters  could  result  in 
significant expenditures that, if aggregated and assumed to occur within a single fiscal year, could be material to 
our financial statements, the likelihood of such occurrence is considered remote. Based on information currently 
available  and  our  best  assessment  of  the  ultimate  amount  and  timing  of  environmental-related  events, 
management  believes  that  the  costs  of  environmental-related  matters  are  unlikely  to  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on our financial condition or results of operations. 

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New regulations related to “conflict minerals” may cause us to incur additional expenses and could limit 

the supply and increase the cost of certain metals used in manufacturing our products. 

In  August  2012,  the  SEC  adopted  a  new  rule  requiring  disclosures  by  public  companies  of  specified 
minerals,  known  as  conflict  minerals,  that  are  necessary  to  the  functionality  or  production  of  products 
manufactured or contracted to be manufactured. The new rule, which went into effect for calendar year 2013 and 
requires an annual disclosure report to be filed with the SEC by May 31st, requires companies to perform due 
diligence, disclose and report whether or not such minerals originate from the Democratic Republic of Congo or 
an adjoining country.  While we filed our initial report  for calendar year 2013, there are costs associated with 
complying with these disclosure requirements, including for diligence in regards to the sources of any conflict 
minerals used in our products, in addition to the cost of remediation and other changes to products, processes, or 
sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities.  In addition, our ongoing implementation of 
these rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply, and pricing of materials used in our products. The new 
rule could affect sourcing at competitive prices and availability in sufficient quantities of certain minerals used in 
the manufacture of our products, including tin, gold and tungsten. The number of suppliers who provide conflict-
free  minerals  may  be  limited.  In  addition,  there  may  be  material  costs  associated  with  complying  with  the 
disclosure requirements, such as costs related to the due diligence process of determining the source of certain 
minerals used in our products, as well as costs of possible changes to products, processes, or sources of supply as 
a consequence of such verification activities. As our supply chain is complex and we use contract manufacturers 
for some of our products, we may not be able to sufficiently verify the origins of the relevant minerals used in 
our products through the due diligence procedures that we implement, which may harm our reputation. We may 
also encounter challenges to satisfy those customers who require that all of the components of our products be 
certified as conflict-free, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage if we are unable to do so. 

Third parties may claim that we are infringing their intellectual property and we could suffer significant 

litigation or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling products or services. 

From  time  to  time,  third  parties  may  claim  that  one  or  more  of  our  products  or  services  infringe  their 
intellectual property rights. We analyze and take action in response to such claims on a case by case basis. Any 
dispute or litigation regarding patents or other intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming due to 
the  complexity  of  our  technology  and  the  uncertainty  of  intellectual  property  litigation  and  could  divert  our 
management  and  key  personnel  from  our  business  operations.  A  claim  of  intellectual  property  infringement 
could  force  us  to  enter  into  a  costly  or  restrictive  license  agreement,  which  might  not  be  available  under 
acceptable terms or at all, could require us to redesign our products, which would be costly and time-consuming, 
and/or could subject us to significant damages or to an injunction against development and sale of certain of our 
products  or  services.  Our  intellectual  property  portfolio  may  not  be  useful  in  asserting  a  counterclaim,  or 
negotiating a license, in response to a claim of intellectual property infringement. In certain of our businesses we 
rely on third party intellectual property licenses and we cannot ensure that these licenses will be available to us in 
the future on favorable terms or at all. 

Third  parties  may  infringe  our  intellectual  property  and  we  may  suffer  competitive  injury  or  expend 

significant resources enforcing our rights. 

Our  success  depends  in  large  part  on  our  proprietary  technology,  including  technology  we  obtained 
through  acquisitions. We  rely  on  various  intellectual  property  rights,  including patents, copyrights,  trademarks 
and trade secrets, as well as confidentiality provisions and licensing arrangements, to establish our proprietary 
rights.  If  we  do  not  enforce  our  intellectual  property  rights  successfully  our  competitive  position  may  suffer 
which could harm our operating results. 

Our pending patent applications, and our pending copyright and trademark registration applications, may 
not be allowed or competitors may challenge the validity or scope of our patents, copyrights or trademarks. In 
addition,  our  patents,  copyrights,  trademarks  and  other  intellectual  property  rights  may  not  provide  us  a 
significant competitive advantage. 

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  may  need  to  spend  significant  resources  monitoring  our  intellectual  property  rights  and  we  may  or 
may not be able to detect infringement by third parties. Our competitive position may be harmed if we cannot 
detect infringement and enforce our intellectual property rights quickly or at all. In some circumstances, we may 
choose to not pursue enforcement because an infringer has a dominant intellectual property position or for other 
business  reasons.  In  addition,  competitors  might  avoid  infringement  by  designing  around  our  intellectual 
property  rights  or  by  developing  non-infringing  competing  technologies.  Intellectual  property  rights  and  our 
ability  to  enforce  them  may  be  unavailable  or  limited  in  some  countries  which  could  make  it  easier  for 
competitors  to  capture  market  share  and  could  result  in  lost  revenues.  Furthermore,  some  of  our  intellectual 
property is licensed to others which allow them to compete with us using that intellectual property. 

We are subject to ongoing tax examinations of our tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other 
tax authorities. An adverse outcome of any such audit or examination by the IRS or other tax authority could 
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. 

We are subject to ongoing tax examinations of our tax returns by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and 
other  tax  authorities  in  various  jurisdictions.  We  regularly  assess  the  likelihood  of  adverse  outcomes  resulting 
from ongoing tax examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. These assessments 
can  require  considerable  estimates  and  judgments.  Intercompany  transactions  associated  with  the  sale  of 
inventory, services, intellectual property and cost share arrangements are complex and affect our tax liabilities. 
The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws 
and  regulations  in  multiple  jurisdictions.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  outcomes  from  ongoing  tax 
examinations will not have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. A difference in the 
ultimate  resolution  of  tax  uncertainties  from  what  is  currently  estimated  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our 
operating results and financial condition. 

If tax incentives change or cease to be in effect, our income taxes could increase significantly. 

Agilent  benefits  from  tax  incentives  extended  to  its  foreign  subsidiaries  to  encourage  investment  or 
employment. Several jurisdictions have granted Agilent tax incentives which require renewal at various times in 
the  future.  The  incentives  are  conditioned on  achieving various  thresholds  of  investments  and  employment,  or 
specific  types  of  income.  Agilent's  taxes  could  increase  if  the  incentives  are  not  renewed  upon  expiration.  If 
Agilent cannot or does not wish to satisfy all or parts of the tax incentive conditions, we may lose the related tax 
incentive and could be required to refund tax incentives previously realized. As a result, our effective tax rate 
could be higher than it would have been had we maintained the benefits of the tax incentives. 

We have substantial cash requirements in the United States while most of our cash is generated outside of 
the United States. The failure to maintain a level of cash sufficient to address our cash requirements in the 
United States could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. 

Although the cash generated in the United States from our operations should cover our normal operating 
requirements  and  debt  service  requirements,  a  substantial  amount  of  additional  cash  is  required  for  special 
purposes such as the maturity of our debt obligations, our stock repurchase program, our declared dividends and 
acquisitions of third parties. Our business operating results, financial condition, and strategic initiatives could be 
adversely  impacted  if  we  were  unable  to  address  our  U.S.  cash  requirements  through  the  efficient  and  timely 
repatriations of overseas cash or other sources of cash obtained at an acceptable cost. 

We  have  outstanding  debt  and  may  incur  other  debt  in  the  future,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 

financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. 

We  currently  have outstanding  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $2.7  billion  in  senior  unsecured notes, 
including $1.1  billion  in  Keysight  senior unsecured notes,  and  a $42  million  secured  mortgage. We  also  are  a 
party to a five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility which expires in September 2019 and under which 

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
we may borrow up to $400 million and a Danish Krone denominated credit facility equivalent to $9 million. We 
may  borrow  additional  amounts  in  the  future  and  use  the  proceeds  from  any  future  borrowing  for  general 
corporate purposes, other future acquisitions, expansion of our business or repurchases of our outstanding shares 
of common stock.  Keysight is a party to a five-year revolving credit facility which expires in October 2019 for 
$300 million, initially guaranteed by us.  The guarantee was terminated upon the completion of the separation of 
Keysight on November 1, 2014. 

Our  incurrence  of  this  debt,  and  increases  in  our  aggregate  levels  of  debt,  may  adversely  affect  our 

operating results and financial condition by, among other things: 

• 

• 

• 

increasing our vulnerability to downturns in our business, to competitive pressures and to adverse 
economic and industry conditions;  
requiring the dedication of an increased portion of our expected cash from operations to service 
our  indebtedness,  thereby  reducing  the  amount  of  expected  cash  flow  available  for  other 
purposes, including capital expenditures, acquisitions and stock repurchases; and  
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry. 

Our  current  revolving  credit  facility  imposes  restrictions  on  us,  including  restrictions  on  our  ability  to 
create liens on our assets and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur indebtedness, and requires us to maintain 
compliance  with  specified  financial  ratios.  Our  ability  to  comply  with  these  ratios  may  be  affected  by  events 
beyond our control. In addition, the indenture governing our senior notes contains covenants that may adversely 
affect our ability to incur certain liens or engage in certain types of sale and leaseback transactions. If we breach 
any of the covenants and do not obtain a waiver from the lenders, then, subject to applicable cure periods, our 
outstanding indebtedness could be declared immediately due and payable. 

If  we  suffer  a  loss  to  our  factories,  facilities  or  distribution  system  due  to  catastrophe,  our  operations 

could be seriously harmed. 

Our factories, facilities and distribution system are subject to catastrophic loss due to fire, flood, terrorism 
or other natural or man-made disasters. In particular, several of our facilities could be subject to a catastrophic 
loss  caused  by  earthquake  due  to  their  locations.  Our  production  facilities,  headquarters  and  Agilent 
Technologies  Laboratories  in  California,  and  our  production  facilities  in  Japan,  are  all  located  in  areas  with 
above-average seismic activity. If any of these facilities were to experience a catastrophic loss, it could disrupt 
our  operations,  delay  production,  shipments  and  revenue  and  result  in  large  expenses  to  repair  or  replace  the 
facility. If such a disruption were to occur, we could breach agreements, our reputation could be harmed, and our 
business  and  operating  results  could  be  adversely  affected.  In  addition,  since  we  have  consolidated  our 
manufacturing  facilities,  we  are  more  likely  to  experience  an  interruption  to  our  operations  in  the  event  of  a 
catastrophe in any one location. Although we carry insurance for property damage and business interruption, we 
do  not  carry  insurance  or  financial  reserves  for  interruptions  or  potential  losses  arising  from  earthquakes  or 
terrorism.  Also,  our  third  party  insurance  coverage  will  vary  from  time  to  time  in  both  type  and  amount 
depending  on  availability,  cost  and  our  decisions  with  respect  to  risk  retention.  Economic  conditions  and 
uncertainties in global markets may adversely affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain 
third party insurance. If our third party insurance coverage is adversely affected, or to the extent we have elected 
to self-insure, we may be at a greater risk that our operations will be harmed by a catastrophic loss. 

If we experience a significant disruption in, or breach in security of, our information technology systems, 

or if we fail to implement new systems and software successfully, our business could be adversely affected. 

We  rely  on  several  centralized  information  technology  systems  throughout  our  company  to  provide 
products and services, keep financial records, process orders, manage inventory, process shipments to customers 
and  operate  other  critical  functions.  Our  information  technology  systems  may  be  susceptible  to  damage, 
disruptions  or  shutdowns  due  to  power  outages,  hardware  failures,  computer  viruses,  attacks  by  computer 
hackers,  telecommunication  failures,  user  errors,  catastrophes  or  other  unforeseen  events.  If  we  were  to 

95

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
experience  a  prolonged  system  disruption  in  the  information  technology  systems  that  involve  our  interactions 
with customers or suppliers, it could result in the loss of sales and customers and significant incremental costs, 
which could adversely affect our business. In addition, security breaches of our information technology systems 
could result in the misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information belonging to us or to 
our  employees,  partners,  customers  or  suppliers,  which  could  result  in  our  suffering  significant  financial  or 
reputational damage. 

Adverse conditions in the global banking industry and credit markets may adversely impact the value of 

our cash investments or impair our liquidity. 

As of October 31 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $3.0 billion invested or held in 
a  mix  of  money  market  funds,  time  deposit  accounts  and  bank  demand  deposit  accounts.  Disruptions  in  the 
financial  markets  may,  in  some  cases,  result  in  an  inability  to  access  assets  such  as  money  market  funds  that 
traditionally have been viewed as highly liquid. Any failure of our counterparty financial institutions or funds in 
which we have invested may adversely impact our cash and cash equivalent positions and, in turn, our results and 
financial condition. 

  We could incur significant liability if the distribution of Keysight common stock to our shareholders 

is determined to be a taxable transaction. 

  We have received an opinion from outside tax counsel to the effect that the separation and distribution 
of  Keysight  qualifies  as  a  transaction  that  is  described  in  Sections  355(a)  and  368(a)(1)(D)  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code.  The opinion relies on certain facts, assumptions, representations and undertakings from Keysight 
and us regarding the past and future conduct of the companies’ respective businesses and other matters.  If any of 
these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings are incorrect or not satisfied, our shareholders and we 
may  not  be  able  to  rely  on  the  opinion  of  tax  counsel  and  could  be  subject  to  significant  tax  liabilities.   
Notwithstanding  the  opinion  of  tax  counsel  we  have  received,  the  IRS  could  determine  on  audit  that  the 
separation is taxable if it determines that any of these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings are not 
correct or have been violated or if it disagrees with the conclusions in the opinion. If the separation is determined 
to be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, our shareholders that are subject to U.S. federal income tax 
and we could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities. 

We may be exposed to claims and liabilities as a result of the separation. 

  We entered into a separation and distribution agreement and various other agreements with Keysight to 
govern the separation and the relationship of the two companies going forward.  These agreements provide for 
specific  indemnity  and  liability  obligations  and  could  lead  to  disputes  between  us.      The  indemnity  rights  we 
have  against  Keysight  under  the  agreements  may  not  be  sufficient  to  protect  us.    In  addition,  our  indemnity 
obligations to Keysight may be significant and these risks could negatively affect our financial condition. 

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our management has evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of October 31, 
2014,  pursuant  to  and  as  required  by  Rule 13a-15(b)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (“Exchange 
Act”). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as 
of October 31, 2014, the company's disclosure controls and procedures, as defined by Rule 13a-15(e) under the 
Exchange  Act,  were  effective  and  designed  to  ensure  that  (i) information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the 
company's reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time 
periods  specified  in  the  SEC's  rules  and  forms,  and  (ii) information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to 
management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely 
decisions regarding required disclosures. 

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rule 13a-15(f).  Under  the  supervision  and  with  the 
participation  of  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we 
conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the 
framework  in  Internal  Control -  Integrated  Framework    (1992)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the results of this evaluation, our management concluded 
that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of October 31, 2014. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2014 has been audited 
by  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  as  stated  in  their  report 
which appears in this annual report. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during Agilent's last 
fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over 
financial reporting. 

s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This page is intentionally left blank.This page is intentionally left blank.This page is intentionally left blank.© Agilent Technologies, Inc. 2015www.agilent.com